PUBLIC

2024-03-22

SAP Signavio Process Manager User Guide

© 2024 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company. All rights reserved.

THE BEST RUN

Content

1 Welcome to the SAP Signavio Process Manager User Guide. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7

2 Signing up. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8

3 Log in to the SAP Signavio Process Transformation Suite. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9

4 Getting Started. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11
4.1 What kind of SAP Signavio user am I. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13
4.2 The BPM Academic Initiative. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14
4.3 Frequently Asked Questions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15

5 Personal profile settings. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17

5.1 Today's top tips. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .19

6 Explorer overview. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20
6.1 The Explorer menu. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21
6.2 The Explorer view. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24
6.3 Viewing diagram details. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .26
6.4 Working with folders and diagrams. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28

7 Navigation Bar. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33

8 Modeling. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35
8.1 Create a diagram. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35
8.2 Editor Overview. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36
8.3 Open and Save Diagrams. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .37
8.4 Editor toolbar and keyboard shortcuts. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38
8.5 Add and connect elements. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .41
8.6 Move and change elements. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48
8.7 Format diagrams. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54
8.8 Work with modeling conventions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 56
8.9 Process hierarchies. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 57
8.10 Create subprocesses. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 58
8.11 Add Live Insights. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .61
8.12 Add links to SAP Signavio Process Insights content. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 63
8.13 Link to files in diagrams. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .64
8.14 Display attribute overlays. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 65
8.15 Compare revisions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 66
8.16 Custom graphics. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 68

SAP Signavio Process Manager User Guide

2 PUBLIC Content
9 Variant Management. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .75
9.1 Variant Group. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 76
Process Template. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .77
Process Variant. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 78
Dimensions and Values. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 79
9.2 Variant Management in the Editor. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 81
9.3 Variant Management in the Notification and Activity Feed. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 81

10 The dictionary. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 83
10.1 Working with the dictionary. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 83
10.2 Use the dictionary while modeling. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 88
Overwrite dictionary entries locally. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 91
10.3 Merging dictionary entries. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 92
10.4 Referencing external data sources. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 93
10.5 Recommendations: Dictionary Content Management. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .93
10.6 Tutorial: How to use the dictionary as a modeler. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 96

11 Modeling notations. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .104

11.1 Business Process Modeling and Notation (BPMN). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 104
Model a BPMN diagram. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 104
Set BPMN attributes. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 111
Responsibility assignment according to RACI. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 115
Setting key performance indicators (KPIs). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 118
Create views. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 120
Risk Management. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 124
Migrate diagrams to BPMN 2.0. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 127
Converting EPC diagrams to BPMN 2.0. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 127
FIM attributes for public administration. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 129
Frequently asked questions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .130
11.2 Customer journey maps. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 131
What are customer journey maps?. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 131
Creating and editing customer journey maps. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 137
Integrating customer journey maps into your process landscape. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 138
11.3 Decision Model and Notation (DMN). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 140
Model a decision. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 142
Define a decision logic. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 152
Define a hit policy and the completeness requirement. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 158
Using advanced literal expressions (functions in DMN decision elements). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 164
Link DMN elements and diagrams. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 182
Create dictionary entries for input or output data in decisions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 184
The DMN Test lab. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 186
DMN simulation. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 198

SAP Signavio Process Manager User Guide

Content PUBLIC 3
 Comparing DMN diagrams and revisions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 200
11.4 Value chains. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .202
11.5 ArchiMate. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 205
What is ArchiMate?. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 205
Creating and Editing ArchiMate Diagrams. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 206
11.6 Case Management Model and Notation (CMMN). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 208
Creating and Editing CMMN Diagrams. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 210
Integrating CMMN Diagrams. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 219
11.7 Navigation Maps. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .220
Manage Navigation Maps. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 221
Navigation Map Elements. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 221
11.8 Further Notations. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 226

12 Modeling with QuickModel. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 228

12.1 QuickModel Editor Overview. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 228
12.2 Create a Diagram with QuickModel. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .230
12.3 Edit a Diagram with QuickModel. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 233

13 Simulating BPMN Diagrams. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 236

13.1 Step-by-Step Simulation. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 237
13.2 One-Case Simulation. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 238
13.3 Multiple-Case Simulation. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 240
13.4 Managing Simulation Scenarios. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 247
13.5 Exporting Simulation Results. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 251
13.6 Troubleshooting Issues with the BPMN Simulation Feature. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 258

14 Search. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 259

15 Collaboration. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 262
15.1 Invite Modelers to Edit a Diagram. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 262
15.2 Inviting Stakeholders to Comment on a Diagram. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 263
15.3 Comments. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .268
15.4 Granting Read-Only Access to Diagrams. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 272
15.5 Publishing Diagrams in SAP Signavio Process Collaboration Hub. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 272
15.6 Inviting Users to Access a Diagram in SAP Signavio Process Collaboration Hub. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .276
15.7 Organizing Diagrams. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 277
15.8 The Notification and Activity Feed. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 277
15.9 Translating Diagrams. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 282
15.10 Executing Processes in SAP Signavio Process Governance. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 287
15.11 Working with Approval Workflows. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 288

16 Reports. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 292
16.1 Generating Process Documentation Reports. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 294

SAP Signavio Process Manager User Guide

4 PUBLIC Content
16.2 Responsibility Assignment Matrix / RACI Report. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 296
16.3 Responsibility Handovers Matrix Report. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 296
16.4 IT System Usage Matrix Reports. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 298
16.5 Job Profile Report. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 299
16.6 Risk & Controls Report. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 299
16.7 Modeling Conventions Report. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 300
16.8 Document Usage Matrix Report. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 301
16.9 Process Characteristics with Element Details Report. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 302
16.10 Process Model Metrics Report. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 303
16.11 Creating Quantitative Process Analysis Reports. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .304
16.12 Process Cost Analysis Report. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 305
16.13 Resource Consumption Analysis Report. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 306
16.14 User/Group Assignment Report. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 307
16.15 Viewing Governance Reports. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 307
16.16 Workspace and Process Model Usage Reports. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 310

17 SAP Signavio Value Accelerators. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 311

18 Importing. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 312
18.1 Import an SAP Signavio Archive (SGX) File. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 312
18.2 Import a BPMN 2.0 XML Diagram. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 313
18.3 Import the APQC Process Classification Framework. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 314
18.4 Importing an ARIS Diagram. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 317
18.5 Import a Microsoft Visio Diagram. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 318
18.6 Upload Documents and Pictures. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .318
18.7 Import Dictionary Entries. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 321
18.8 Import a Set of Dictionary Items as a JAR File. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 323

19 Exporting. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 326
19.1 Export Dictionary Entries. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .326
19.2 Export a Diagram as PDF. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 327
19.3 Export a Diagram as an Image. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 329
19.4 Export a Diagram as a SAP Signavio Archive (SGX). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 330
19.5 Export a BPMN Diagram as XML. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 331
19.6 Export a Diagram as XML. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 332
19.7 Export a DMN Diagram as XML. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 332
19.8 Export DMN Diagrams as Drools Rules. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 333
19.9 Exporting Diagrams to Red Hat Decision Manager Projects on GitHub. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 337
19.10 Translate Content with PO Files. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 338

20 Publishing Diagrams to External Systems. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 341

20.1 Enabling Diagram Embedding. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .341
20.2 Embed a Diagram as an Image. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 343

SAP Signavio Process Manager User Guide

Content PUBLIC 5
20.3 Embedding Diagrams as HTML Code. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 344
20.4 Supported Blog and Content Management Systems. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .347

21 Workspace Administration. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 348

SAP Signavio Process Manager User Guide

6 PUBLIC Content
1 Welcome to the SAP Signavio Process
Manager User Guide

If you are new to SAP Signavio, we recommend to read the sections First steps with SAP Signavio Process
Manager [page 11] and What kind of SAP Signavio user am I? [page 13].

If you are already familiar with SAP Signavio Process Manager, navigate the table of content on the left or use
the search to find the sections that are most relevant to you.

For additional information, take a look at:

• Featured Videos
• Tutorial Videos
• SAP Signavio Blog
• White Papers
• SAP community page for SAP Signavio

SAP Signavio Process Manager User Guide

Welcome to the SAP Signavio Process Manager User Guide PUBLIC 7
2 Signing up

Learn how to create and access your SAP Signavio Process Transformation Suite account.

SAP Signavio is a web-based application. Use your existing account email and password to log in to the SAP
Signavio Process Transformation Suite [page 9].

• If you need to register for the software at https://www.signavio.com , choose (more options) and
Free Trial.
• If you received an invitation email to the SAP Signavio software, select the link in the email to get to the
page.
• If you are using the On Premise version of SAP Signavio, get the local URL from your workspace
administrator.

 Note

• The email address you use to sign up cannot contain the German umlauts (such as ä, ö, ü) as special
characters.
• If you register for a trial account with an email address that has been invited to join a SAP Signavio
workspace, this license will be automatically added to your new account.
• When you receive an invitation email, use this same email address to sign up with the proper license.

SAP Signavio Process Manager User Guide

8 PUBLIC Signing up
3 Log in to the SAP Signavio Process
Transformation Suite

Browser Compatibility

SAP Signavio supports all popular browsers. For a detailed description of the supported browsers, see Browser
Compatibility.

Log in with Your Account Credentials

After you've created your SAP Signavio Process Transformation Suite account (see section Create your SAP
Signavio Process Transformation Suite account [page 8]), use your account email and password to log in.

In case your workspace administrator has created the account for you, you received an email to reset your
password. When SSO is enabled for your workspace, you log in using a shared link (see section Log in using a
shared link [page 10]).

1. Go to the login page:

• https://app-au.signavio.com (region: Australia)
• https://app-ca.signavio.com (region: Canada)
• https://editor.signavio.com (region: Europe)
• https://app-jp.signavio.com (region: Japan)
• https://app-kr.signavio.com (region: Korea)
• https://app-sgp.signavio.com (region: Singapore)
• https://app-us.signavio.com (region: US)
2. Enter your account email and password and choose Login.
• If you receive the error message that the login with email and password is disabled, SSO is enforced for
your workspace and you need to log in using a shared link (see section Log in using a shared link [page
10]).
3. Select your workspace and choose Login. SAP Signavio Process Collaboration Hub launchpad opens.
Continue with section Your launchpad.

 Note

If you don't have the SAP Signavio Process Transformation Suite license, SAP Signavio Process
Manager explorer or SAP Signavio Process Collaboration Hub opens, depending on your user license.

SAP Signavio Process Manager User Guide

Log in to the SAP Signavio Process Transformation Suite PUBLIC 9
Log in Using a Shared Link

When SSO is enabled for your workspace, you log in through a shared link. The link is shared with you, for
example, in an invitation email or on a Wiki page.

 Note

We recommend that you bookmark the shared link for future logins. Depending on your workspace
configuration, you might only be able to log in to the SAP Signavio Process Transformation Suite through
the shared link.

1. Select the link.

2. Follow the steps you see on the screen. Your account will be authenticated by a third-party application.
3. After successful log in, SAP Signavio Process Collaboration Hub launchpad opens. Continue with section
Your launchpad.

Log in to the On-Premises Solution

When SSO is enabled for your workspace, you log in through a shared link. The link is shared with you, for
example, in an invitation email or on a Wiki page.

1. Go to the local URL or select the shared link to open the login page. You can get the local URL from your
workspace administrator.
2. Enter your account email and password and choose Login. SAP Signavio Process Manager explorer opens.

Related Information

Customized Launchpad Sections

Creating and Editing ArchiMate Diagrams [page 206]
Move and change elements [page 48]

SAP Signavio Process Manager User Guide

10 PUBLIC Log in to the SAP Signavio Process Transformation Suite
4 Getting Started

This chapter provides an overview of the features of SAP Signavio Process Manager.

The Explorer

After logging in, the explorer opens in your browser. It allows you to navigate through diagrams and files stored
in your workspace. Here you can create new diagrams and publish them in SAP Signavio Process Collaboration
Hub or share them by other means. As SAP Signavio supports open standards, importing diagrams from
other systems is easy. In the explorer, you can adjust your personal settings. Administrators can also configure
workspace settings here. For details, see Explorer overview [page 20].

The Editor

The editor can be accessed by opening a diagram or creating a new one. Using the editor, you can create and
edit all kinds of supported diagrams. For details, see section Modeling [page 35].

Besides BPMN 2.0, SAP Signavio supports Decision Model and Notation (DMN) [page 140] , ArchiMate, and
many Further notations [page 226].

QuickModel

QuickModel gives you the possibility to create simple BPMN-diagrams in seconds by use of a spreadsheet-like
interface. Diagrams created in this application can be edited in the editor like any other diagram to add
complexity or update the process. See section Modeling with QuickModel [page 228] for details.

The Dictionary

The dictionary [page 83] allows you to manage and re-use specific modeling elements. It also allows you
to ensure all your modelers are using the same terms and elements in your organization-specific modeling
environment.

SAP Signavio Process Manager User Guide

Getting Started PUBLIC 11
SAP Signavio Process Collaboration Hub

The launchpad of SAP Signavio Process Collaboration Hub provides access to your published process
landscape, see section Your launchpad.

The Diagram and Revision Comparison Tool

The diagram and revision comparison tool helps you to keep track of changes. See section Comparing revisions
[page 66] for details.

BPMN and DMN Simulation

You can run BPMN Simulation and DMN simulation to analyze key performance indicators and bottlenecks
and apply your business decision logic directly within the tool. The DMN Test lab [page 186] helps you to
continuously check whether your decision logic is consistent with your initial requirements. See sections
BPMN Simulation [page 236] and DMN simulation [page 198] for details.

Support

Our team is constantly improving and extending SAP Signavio Process Manager. You will find the latest version
number and our release notes at https://www.signavio.com/release-notes/ .

Do you have any questions?

Please contact our SAP Signavio service experts from the SAP for Me portal .

You can also send a support request from the editor. Go to the user menu and select Send feedback from the
drop-down list.

Related Information

Explorer overview [page 20]

Working with folders and diagrams [page 28]
Modeling [page 35]

SAP Signavio Process Manager User Guide

12 PUBLIC Getting Started
4.1 What kind of SAP Signavio user am I

The following sections explain the different user types of SAP Signavio Process Manager. If you already know in
what way you would like to use the software, you can select the topic that is relevant for you.

I am a business process (BPMN) modeler

Learn how to collaboratively model business processes in BPMN (Business Process Model and Notation) or EPC
(Event-driven Process Chains) with SAP Signavio Process Manager. In addition to BPMN and EPC, we support
all popular open modeling languages for business users.

In section Business Process Modeling and Notation (BPMN) [page 205], you learn how to create, edit, and work
with BPMN diagrams.

I am a business decision modeler

Use the Decision Manager to model business decisions in a structured and formalized manner all stakeholders
can easily understand using the Decision Model and Notation (DMN) . Integrate your DMN diagrams
seamlessly into your BPMN process landscape.

In the section Decision Model and Notation (DMN) [page 140], you learn about creating, editing and managing
decision diagrams.

I am an enterprise architecture modeler

Use the ArchiMate Edition to create a visual, business domain-crossing description of your enterprise
architecture. Employ ArchiMate together with your BPMN process landscape.

In the section ArchiMate, you learn about creating and editing Enterprise Architecture diagrams.

I'd like to create a process diagram, but don't know BPMN very well

Learn how to use the QuickModel to create valid BPMN processes through a spreadsheet-like interface.
Create your first processes in just a couple of minutes or add and maintain element attributes in a fast and
well-structured manner.

In the section QuickModel [page 228], you learn how to use the application to quickly create BPMN diagrams.

SAP Signavio Process Manager User Guide

Getting Started PUBLIC 13
I am a SAP Signavio Process Collaboration Hub user

Get to know SAP Signavio Process Collaboration Hub: view process diagrams and discuss them with your
colleagues.

In the section Your launchpad, you learn how to use the tool to work on diagrams together with colleagues and
external stakeholders.

I want to review and approve diagrams before they are released

Make use of a Approval Workflows to ensure that diagrams have been approved by specific users or user
groups before they are published in SAP Signavio Process Collaboration Hub.

In the section Approval workflows [page 288], you learn how to start and work with approval workflows.

I am a workspace administrator

Learn how to configure your workspace in order to get the most out of SAP Signavio Process Manager and to
maximize the benefit considering the unique needs of your organization.

Moreover, learn how to integrate SAP Signavio products into your organization's IT infrastructure and enable
smooth and hassle-free process, business decision and enterprise architecture documentation, utilizing your
existing IT systems to the fullest extent.

As a workspace administrator, you will find information about configuring the software in the Workspace
administration section of the manual.

4.2 The BPM Academic Initiative

The BPM Academic Initiative is a joint program of SAP Signavio and several international universities
to support business process management in academic teaching and research. As part of the Academic
Initiative, SAP Signavio allows students and teachers to use the academic process modeling platform at
academic.signavio.com for free, given the purpose is non-commercial and non-productive.

Note the following differences between SAP Signavio's academic platform and the commercial offering:

• It is illegal to use the academic platform for commercial or productive purposes.

• All content users create on the academic platform may be made publicly available for research purposes (if
requested, anonymized).
• SAP Signavio doesn't provide any performance or availability guarantees for the academic platform.
SAP Signavio may deploy code to the academic platform before it is deemed mature enough for our
commercial systems.

SAP Signavio Process Manager User Guide

14 PUBLIC Getting Started
 • The focus of the academic platform is process modeling. Many advanced process management and
collaboration features are not available. The same applies to document uploads and interfaces for system
integrations.
• While SAP Signavio generally handles requests from users of our academic platform, questions and issues
of paying customers are given a higher priority. SAP Signavio doesn't commit to responding to inquiries of
users of the academic platform within a specific timeframe.

If you accidentally registered for the Academic Initiative at academic.signavio.com , please create a new
account for one of the following systems:

• https://app-au.signavio.com (region: Australia)

• https://app-ca.signavio.com (region: Canada)
• https://editor.signavio.com (region: Europe)
• https://app-jp.signavio.com (region: Japan)
• https://app-kr.signavio.com (region: Korea)
• https://app-sgp.signavio.com (region: Singapore)
• https://app-us.signavio.com (region: US)

If you want to transfer your data from the academic platform to one of our production systems, please contact
our SAP Signavio service experts from the SAP for Me portal .

4.3 Frequently Asked Questions

How can I quickly display diagrams without opening the Editor?

The fastest option is to use the diagram preview (see section Viewing diagram details [page 26]). Select a
diagram in the Explorer and hit the space bar or use the arrow symbol at the bottom left of the main window to
expand the preview section.

Preview in SAP Signavio Process Collaboration Hub allows you to quickly navigate the diagrams of your
workspace. To open the preview, open the explorer and select Share - Preview in SAP Signavio Process
Collaboration Hub.

How can I disable email notifications?

By default, the system informs you about every change made to a diagram you are working on in a team. There
are multiple ways to disable notifications:

• Select the diagram in the explorer, open the activity feed (with the space bar) and choose Don't notify me.
• Open your profile settings under Setup - My profile in the Explorer and scroll down to the notification
settings to adjust them.

SAP Signavio Process Manager User Guide

Getting Started PUBLIC 15
My browser does not display SAP Signavio's applications correctly. What can
I do?

• Please ensure your browser supports SAP Signavio. Read more in section Log in to the SAP Signavio
Process Transformation Suite [page 9].
• After a system update, in rare cases it is necessary to refresh the internal storage (cache) of your browser.
For this, open the application in your browser and use one of the following commands (depending on your
operating system):
• Windows: Ctrl + F5
• Apple: Cmd + R
• Linux (typically): F5

SAP Signavio Process Manager User Guide

16 PUBLIC Getting Started
5 Personal profile settings

You can use personal profile settings to customize SAP Signavio Process Manager according to your needs.
Profile settings are centrally managed in the My profile dialog, which can be accessed via Setup - My profile.

In the 'My profile' dialog you can customize your user profile

 Note

If you have registered multiple workspaces with the same email address, the settings for password,
language and user name apply globally for all workspaces. The settings or information about licenses,
groups, tips, and subscriptions apply to the current workspace.

Global settings

Global settings apply to all the workspaces you are registered with.

SAP Signavio Process Manager User Guide

Personal profile settings PUBLIC 17
In the My profile dialog, you can add or edit the following information:

Parameter Description

Academic title, first name, last name These three fields make up your user name. It appears
whenever you interact with the software or a colleague, like
in diagram version histories in the activity feed or when you
invite someone to collaborate. Changes in the user name are
only displayed after reloading the page.

Email The email address you are registered with at SAP Signavio
Process Manager. You will get notifications from the SAP
Signavio software to this address if you have subscriptions.

Note : Because this email is associated with your license,

please contact our SAP Signavio service experts from the
SAP for Me portal if you want to change it.

Company/Org. The name of your organization.

Language Here you can specify the language for your personal profile.
After clicking Save, the page will be reloaded in the selected
language.

Password To change your password, simply type the new password in

the corresponding field, then again in the field below and
click Save. The password requirements can be set by the
administrator. More information can be found in the section
Manage security settings.

Local settings and information

Local settings and information apply only to the workspace you are currently working in.

Parameter Description

Edition This entry tells you what SAP Signavio licenses you are reg-
istered for. If you need additional licenses, please contact
your administrator.

Groups The user groups you are a member of are listed here. Ad-
ministrators can add and delete users to user groups as
explained at Manage users and groups.

Display today's top tip automatically Activate the checkbox if you would like to see a new tip every
day after login.

Subscriptions All your subscriptions are listed here. You can delete those
that are no longer needed by clicking Remove. By default,
new users are automatically subscribed to weekly email up-
dates about changes to the 'Shared documents' folder.

SAP Signavio Process Manager User Guide

18 PUBLIC Personal profile settings
5.1 Today's top tips

Disable tip of the day.

Today's top tip is displayed every day when you first open the Explorer.

You can re-open the current tip of the day.

• Open Help > Today's top tip.

You can deactivate the automatic display of tips in your profile settings.

• Disable the option Display hint of the day automatically.

SAP Signavio Process Manager User Guide

Personal profile settings PUBLIC 19
6 Explorer overview

The explorer is the entry and management point of SAP Signavio Process Manager. In the explorer you can
manage folders and diagrams, create new diagrams, export diagrams, generate reports, as well as publish
and embed diagrams. You can also edit your profile settings and manage the administrative aspects of your
workspace. You can access the editor, SAP Signavio Process Collaboration Hub and other functions in the
software via the explorer.

From the explorer view you have access to all tools that SAP Signavio Process Manager offers.

The explorer is structured as follows:

• View

The central area Double-click diagrams in the editor to open them. Unread diagram comments are
displays the file displayed as small speech bubbles attached to the corresponding files. You can
contents of the switch between the views, The icon view [page 24] or The list view [page 24].
selected folder. At the bottom of the central view is the activity feed and the diagram preview.

• Menu
The toolbar with a drop-down menu allows you to access different functions. Read more in the section The
Explorer menu [page 21].
• Search function
The search function is a useful tool to quickly find diagrams. In addition to the full text search, the
advanced search option offers you a method to add specific search criteria. You can find a detailed
description in the Search functions [page 259] section.
• Folder tree
The folder tree on the left allows you to quickly navigate within your workspace. Read more at Working with
folders and diagrams [page 28].
• Diagram details
The notification and activity feed allows you to view and manage the history of a diagram and to modify
notification settings of diagrams and folders. By pressing the space bar you can open the preview panel
(see Viewing diagram details [page 26]) and the version overview (see The notification and activity feed
[page 277]) of a diagram at the bottom.
• Personal profile
You can customize the explorer by adjusting your Personal profile settings [page 17] according to your
needs.

SAP Signavio Process Manager User Guide

20 PUBLIC Explorer overview
6.1 The Explorer menu

In the explorer, you can manage your content.

New

In the dropdown menu New, you can create new folders and diagrams. The new folder is created at the location
that is currently open in the explorer. If you create a new diagram, a blank canvas opens in the editor in a new
tab. The menu item QuickModel opens a new BPMN 2.0 diagram in QuickModel.

Edit

Here, you can open the editor or QuickModel to edit diagrams, simulate BPMN (see BPMN Simulation [page
236]) and DMN (see DMN simulation [page 198]) diagrams and test DMN diagrams (The DMN Test lab [page
186]). To gain an overview of activities about a specific diagram you can display comments on diagrams in
SAP Signavio Process Collaboration Hub and compare versions of diagrams (see Comparison [page 66]).
The folder content currently displayed in the explorer can be moved, copied, deleted, and renamed. BPMN 1.2
diagrams can also be migrated to the newer BPMN 2.0 format.

Import/Export

You can import and export files in SAP Signavio Process Manager. This means you are able to upload files to
your workspace and also download diagrams from your workspace onto your computer in different formats.

SAP Signavio Process Manager User Guide

Explorer overview PUBLIC 21
Reporting

The Reporting menu allows you to create different kinds of reports about diagrams. This enables you as a
business user to analyze your process hierarchy offline with decision makers and analysts, regardless of your
familiarity with BPMN modeling.

To view and export reports analyzing your workspace and process model usage, see section Process Model
Dashboards.

Share

With the Share menu, you can use your Shared Documents folder to publish diagrams to SAP Signavio Process
Collaboration Hub and share documents in a variety of ways with your colleagues.

Approval workflows

Approval workflows [page 288] are evaluating processes that diagrams have to go through before they are
automatically published to SAP Signavio Process Collaboration Hub. You can start approval workflows as
well as edit published diagrams. Approval workflows are managed and executed in SAP Signavio Process
Governance. If you are interested in further functionalities of SAP Signavio Process Governance, you can get
more information here: https://www.signavio.com/products/workflow-accelerator/ .

Invitations to comment/edit

The second section of the menu lets you invite modelers to edit. You can also use it to invite SAP Signavio
Process Collaboration Hub users and external stakeholders to comment on diagrams.

Invite to comment

You can invite anyone to comment on a diagram - all you need is their email address. They will receive an email
with a link that leads directly to the corresponding diagram in the commenting view. Unregistered users can
view and comment only on the specific diagrams they were invited to.

The menu item Manage feedback invitations lets you revoke any invitations to comment on a diagram.

Invite modeler to edit

You can invite modelers registered in your workspace to edit a diagram. As all modelers are able to edit all
diagrams in the Shared documents folder by default, this function serves as notification to let fellow modelers

SAP Signavio Process Manager User Guide

22 PUBLIC Explorer overview
know a diagram needs their attention. You can clarify the reason why you are pointing a modeler towards a
certain diagram by editing the text of the email in the invitation dialog. The link you send leads directly to the
diagram, open and ready to be edited.

The option to Invite to fill out QuickModel follows the same basic concept, only instead of the Editor, the link
leads to the diagram in QuickModel [page 228].

Content in SAP Signavio Process Collaboration Hub

In this menu section, you can view approval workflows, view diagrams in SAP Signavio Process Collaboration
Hub, publish and unpublish diagrams, and invite users to open diagrams.

Preview

SAP Signavio Process Collaboration Hub offers a structured and detailed overview on diagrams. Before
publication, you can check how a SAP Signavio Process Collaboration Hub user would see the diagram. This
option can also be useful for modelers who need to to become familiar with complex diagrams before editing
them. Also, SAP Signavio Process Collaboration Hub provides a full screen view for diagrams.

Publish

You can select one or several diagrams or folders and publish them (see Publishing diagrams in SAP Signavio
Process Collaboration Hub [page 272]). The corresponding diagrams will be visible for all users in the folder
tree. They will not be accessible for colleagues who have been invited to comment on a specific diagram by
email but do not possess a SAP Signavio account.

Unpublish

You can use this option to remove a diagram from the folder tree. This option has no influence on feedback
invitations. If you would like to revoke those as well, please click on the menu item Manage feedback Invitations
and remove the corresponding e-mail addresses from the list.

Invite to SAP Signavio Process Collaboration Hub

If you click this option, you can send an invitation to any e-mail address.

SAP Signavio Process Manager User Guide

Explorer overview PUBLIC 23
Embed diagram

With the dialog that opens, you can embed the corresponding diagram into external systems (see Embedding
diagrams in external systems [page 341]).

6.2 The Explorer view

The icon view

In this view, diagrams and folders are represented as icons. For diagrams, a small preview is provided that
allows you to find the diagram you are looking for faster.

Details about a selected diagram can be found at the bottom of the Explorer in the activity panel (see Viewing
diagram details [page 26]) .

When working on diagrams collaboratively--for example, in SAP Signavio Process Collaboration Hub--it is
possible to comment on diagrams and diagram elements. Unread comments that were created by users who
are not members of your workspace will be marked with a little speech bubble symbol in the Explorer.

Unread comments are also displayed in the icon view

To view your colleagues' comments, open the respective diagram in the Editor. To read more about
commenting, go to section Comments [page 268].

SAP Signavio Process Manager User Guide

24 PUBLIC Explorer overview
The list view

Diagrams and folders are listed along with additional information about each file. Selecting an element
activates the diagram preview in the preview panel at the bottom if the panel is extended.

Clicking the title of a row sorts the elements by the selected column.

Managing the list view

You can individually configure which of the diagram attributes are shown as columns in the table view. All
attributes on diagram level and the attributes Revision , Last Change , Last Author and Published are
available.

To configure the list view, proceed as follows:

1. Click Setup , then Edit general configuration . A dialog box will open.
2. In the Explorer section, you can edit the table columns preferences. Click Add attribute to add another
attribute to the list view.

You can rearrange the order of the attributes using the arrow icons and configure the size and the position
of the attribute column. To delete an attribute from the list view click the trash button.
3. Click Save to save your settings. The list view is updated with the attributes you have configured.

Refreshing the explorer view

After saving a diagram in the editor (after renaming it, for example), the explorer view may not be up-to-date
anymore. In this case, a dialog is asking you to refresh.

SAP Signavio Process Manager User Guide

Explorer overview PUBLIC 25
You can refresh the explorer manually. Use the Refresh button in the top right corner of the
explorer.

Display of the current path

In both the list and in the icon view, you see the file path on top of the list. If you want to jump to a parent folder,
click the corresponding folder name.

The following example shows how to jump back to the 'Shared documents' folder:

6.3 Viewing diagram details

The notification and activity feed allows you to view and manage version history, and to edit notification
settings for diagrams and folders. If you have selected one or more diagrams or folders, the feed is displayed as

SAP Signavio Process Manager User Guide

26 PUBLIC Explorer overview
a lower bar in the Explorer. When you select a diagram file, the diagram, along with the date and author of the
most recent changes, is displayed:

Notification settings

As soon as changes to a diagram or folder are made, notifications are sent at configurable intervals as emails.
In the notification and activity feed, you can configure the notification settings of the selected diagrams or
folder.

The following options are available:

• daily
• weekly
• monthly
• cancel subscription

SAP Signavio Process Manager User Guide

Explorer overview PUBLIC 27
Preview and version history

The activity feed allows you to get a preview of the selected diagram and to view and manage the version
history. You can find detailed information about this feature in the section The notification and activity feed
[page 277].

6.4 Working with folders and diagrams

Folders allow you to organize and structure your workspace, even if you have a large number of diagrams.

Diagrams placed in Shared documents can be viewed and edited by all users of a workspace. Workspace
administrators can enable the My documents folder, which is private. Other users can't view or edit this folder.

Notes on working with multiple users and workspaces can be found in the Managing users and access rights
section.

The folder structure

The main workspace folder is Shared documents. The My documents folder can additionally be enabled by a
workspace admin.

Within these folders, you can create subfolders to organize your diagrams.

Clicking the arrow next to the folder/s name or on folder/s name itself will collapse or extend the folder. This
way, you can quickly switch between folders and still keep track, even if you have an extensive folder structure.

Expand or collapse a folder by clicking the arrow in front of its name

If the name of a folder is cut off due to the width of the folder column, the full name will appear when hovering
over it with your mouse. You can also extend the folder column by dragging its border line to the right.

The 'Shared documents' and 'My documents' folders

 Note

Workspace administrators can choose to disable the My documents folder for every user in the workspace.
This prevents documents from being inaccessible. It also fosters collaboration by restricting drafts to
Shared documents. For new tenants, the folder My documents is disabled by default. The folder can be
enabled by an administrator under Setup > Edit general configuration.

SAP Signavio Process Manager User Guide

28 PUBLIC Explorer overview
 Users can move diagrams from one folder to another.

Shared documents

Each registered user has a main folder: Shared documents.

This folder contains diagrams you can work on alone and together with other modelers.

There are two ways to collaborate with colleagues: joint modeling within your workspace, and inviting
colleagues to comment on diagrams.

• Only colleagues who are registered in your workspace are able to actually edit diagrams. Find out more
about defining access rights to diagrams and the Dictionary at Managing access rights.
• Each person invited to comment on a diagram is able to do so - also those who have no SAP Signavio
Process Manager account. In the section Inviting process stakeholders to comment on a diagram [page
263], you will learn how to invite process stakeholders to comment on a diagram.

My documents

Workspace administrators can enable the My documents folder for all users under Setup > Edit general
configuration. Diagrams in this folder and its subfolders are private. Other users can't view or edit them.

Creating a new folder

To create a new folder, proceed as follows:

1. If you want to create a subfolder, first navigate to the folder in which you want to locate the new folder.
2. In the menu bar, click New > Folder . A dialog pops up, in which you can enter the folder name.

SAP Signavio Process Manager User Guide

Explorer overview PUBLIC 29
3. Specify the folder name and then click OK . The new folder is now visible in the folder structure.

Renaming a folder or diagram

1. In the Explorer select the folder or diagram you want to rename.

2. In the main menu click Edit > Change name/description
3. Change the name. In multi-language workspaces translate the changed name to all available languages.
4. Click Rename to save your changes.

Moving folders and diagrams

 Note

To move published folders and diagrams, you need publish access rights on the published elements and on
the target folder.

1. Select the folder or diagram you want to move to a different location.

2. In the menu bar, click Edit > Move . The corresponding dialog box opens.
3. Now select the new folder.
4. Click Move to complete the moving operation. The view of the folder will then be updated.

SAP Signavio Process Manager User Guide

30 PUBLIC Explorer overview
 If you don't have publish access rights on the published elements and on the target folder, the following
dialog opens:

5. Finally, click Move . The folder or diagram is moved to the selected location.

Copying diagrams

 Note

You can only copy diagrams and groups of diagrams, not entire folders.

1. Select the diagram you want to copy. To copy several diagrams at once, hold the Ctrl key while selecting
them. Or, draw a selection frame around the diagrams.
2. In the menu bar, click Edit and then Copy . The Copy dialog opens.
3. Select which folder you'd like to place the copy in.

4. Optionally, you can select one of the following options by activating the corresponding checkbox:
• Copy linked models, too Please note that BPMN call activities are not copied.
• Copy all revisions of the diagram .

 Note

For system performance reasons, only one option can be selected.

1. Click Copy . The copied file is then located in the selected target folder.

SAP Signavio Process Manager User Guide

Explorer overview PUBLIC 31
Removing folders or diagrams

1. Select the folder or diagram to be removed in the main area of the Explorer. To select multiple folders, keep
Ctrl pressed while selecting, or draw a selection frame around them.
2. In the menu bar, click Edit > Delete . A confirmation dialog appears.
3. Click Yes to delete the selected object.

 Note

The selected objects are moved only in Trash, from which you can restore objects if necessary. Objects
will be permanently deleted after you empty Trash.

4. To delete objects permanently, select the Trash folder in the folder navigation. All objects in Trash are
displayed.
5. Select the objects you want to delete permanently.
6. In the menu bar, click Remove. A confirmation dialog appears.
7. Confirm by clicking Yes. The selected items are permanently deleted.

Restoring diagrams and folders

Diagrams and folders that have been deleted are moved to Trash folder. If you do not explicitly remove them
from there, they can be restored.

To restore a diagram or folder from the Trash folder, proceed as follows:

1. Go to the Trash folder. It can be found in the folder tree on the left.
2. Select the files you want to restore.
3. Click Restore in the menu bar.

SAP Signavio Process Manager User Guide

32 PUBLIC Explorer overview
7 Navigation Bar

Discover the actions you can take with the SAP Signavio Process Manager navigation bar at the top of your
view.

 Note

This navigation bar is not available in the explorer.

Check Your Location

This navigation bar displays the label of SAP Signavio Process Manager. This identification of your current
working product is useful if you navigate back and forth between other SAP Signavio products and workspaces.

Check Your Available Actions

The navigation bar allows for quick access to common functions across SAP Signavio products. Each product
displays a navigation bar with its own product-specific available icons.

Actions for SAP Signavio Process Manager

• SAP Signavio logo: Select the logo to navigate back to your current working product's
home page.

• Help: Select this icon to choose from a list of help resources.

• xxx Share: In the editor, you can invite users of the workspace to give feedback to your unpublished
model.

• App Switcher: Here you can view the SAP Signavio products to which you can navigate. Your view
reflects the products you are able to access. When you click a product name, the selected product opens in
a new tab.

• User Profile Menu: This icon displays your own initials as the logged-in user. The drop-down menu
offers the following options:
• Workspace: You can check which workspace you are currently using.
• Editing mode: You can select an editing mode such as Simulation or QuickModel. The options depend
on the current notation.
• Logout: Choose this option to log out of SAP Signavio Process Manager.

SAP Signavio Process Manager User Guide

Navigation Bar PUBLIC 33
Related Information

Log in to the SAP Signavio Process Transformation Suite [page 9]

SAP Signavio Process Manager User Guide

34 PUBLIC Navigation Bar
8 Modeling

This section explains how you create models in all notations in SAP Signavio Process Manager in the following
sections:

• Create a diagram [page 206]

• Open and save diagrams [page 37]
• Editor toolbar and keyboard shortcuts [page 38]
• Add and remove elements [page 41]
• Move and change elements [page 48]
• Format diagrams [page 54]
• Use modeling conventions [page 56]

For information about modeling with specific notations, see section Modeling notations [page 104].

8.1 Create a diagram

Get an overview of the SAP Signavio Process Manager editor. In the editor, you model BPMN processes, value
chains, DMN diagrams and more.

In SAP Signavio Process Manager, new diagram files are created in the explorer. You edit diagrams in the editor.

To create a new diagram, click New in the explorer and select a modeling notation from the drop-down list. The
editor opens with a blank canvas.

SAP Signavio Process Manager User Guide

Modeling PUBLIC 35
8.2 Editor Overview

Get an overview of the SAP Signavio Process Manager editor. In the editor, you model BPMN processes, value
chains, DMN diagrams and more.

In the editor, you design, edit and format diagrams. You can also perform checks on your diagrams. This
overview can help you find the functions you need.

• Editor Overview [page 36]

• Editor Overview [page 36]
• Editor Overview [page 36]
• Editor Overview [page 36]
• Editor Overview [page 36]
• Editor Overview [page 36]
• Editor Overview [page 36]
• Editor Overview [page 36]
• Editor Overview [page 36]
• Editor Overview [page 36]

Element Description More Information

Shapes Contains all modeling elements available for a notation. Add elements from the shape reposi-
tory [page 41]

Toolbar Tools to edit and format diagrams Editor toolbar and keyboard shortcuts
[page 38]

Canvas The area on which you design and edit diagrams Move and change elements [page 48]

SAP Signavio Process Manager User Guide

36 PUBLIC Modeling
 Element Description More Information

Attributes Edit attributes of your modeling elements. Edit attributes [page 48]

Share Invite users to comment on the diagram. Inviting Stakeholders to Comment on a

Diagram [page 263]

App Switcher Navigate to other SAP Signavio products that you're allowed Navigation Bar [page 33]
to access.

Help Choose from a list of help resources. Navigation Bar [page 33]

User Profile Menu View the current workspace, change the editing mode, or log Navigation Bar [page 33]
out of SAP Signavio Process Manager.

Dictionary Reuse modeling elements. The dictionary [page 83]

Views Create and edit views. Creating views [page 120]

8.3 Open and Save Diagrams

Learn how to open diagrams in the explorer of SAP Signavio Process Manager, save diagrams, run modeling
convention checks, and restore an older version of a diagram.

In SAP Signavio Process Manager, you open diagrams in the explorer. You edit diagrams in the editor.

Open a Diagram

1. Open the explorer and navigate to the diagram.

2. Select the diagram and choose Edit Edit diagram in the explorer menu.
The diagram opens in the editor in a new browser tab.

Save a Diagram

While you keep the editor browser tab open, your changes are saved automatically in the background. When
you save the diagram, you create a new diagram revision.

All items related to a diagram by links are listed when you save a diagram.

To save a diagram, follow these steps:

1. Choose (Save) in the toolbar.

2. When you save a diagram for the first time, enter a descriptive name and select the directory for saving the
diagram.
You can edit the diagram name later.
3. Add a comment about your current changes.

SAP Signavio Process Manager User Guide

Modeling PUBLIC 37
 Adding comment helps other modelers and collaborators to understand and track your changes. Your
comments are shown in the feed in the explorer.

4. Depending on the modeling notation, you can open the modeling convention checks by choosing
(Review). This closes the Save dialog.
You can save the diagram with errors and warnings.
5. Choose Save.
A new revision of the diagram is saved.

Restore Older Revisions of a Diagram

You can restore a previous revision of a diagram in the activity feed.

Follow these steps:

1. Select a diagram.
2. Choose Expand in the bottom panel of the explorer. Alternately, you can press the space bar.
The panel expands, showing a preview of the diagram.
3. To access previous revisions, choose Feed. The activity feed is displayed.
4. Select the revision you want to restore and choose Restore revision.
5. Add a comment and confirm in the dialog.
The previous revision is restored.

Related Information

Work with modeling conventions [page 56]

Compare revisions [page 66]

8.4 Editor toolbar and keyboard shortcuts

Editor Toolbar

Save diagram

Save a copy: You can save the diagram as a copy. The copy is
saved in the same directory as its original.

SAP Signavio Process Manager User Guide

38 PUBLIC Modeling
 Export diagram as PDF

Cut selected elements to clipboard

Copy selected elements to clipboard

Paste clipboard to canvas

Delete selected elements

Undo/ Redo

Align modeling elements, distribute elements, adjust size of

elements to match

Show or hide the grid on the canvas

Adjust space between modeling elements

Zoom in/out of the canvas

Reset the canvas to its default size

Fit the diagram to the canvas size

Change font size in elements

Bold

Italic

Change font color

Change line color of modeling elements

Change fill color of modeling elements

Remove current formatting

Apply formatting to other elements

SAP Signavio Process Manager User Guide

Modeling PUBLIC 39
 Show all comments

Show risk and controls

Show all elements with attachments

Perform checks

The following checks are available by default:

• Syntax check
• Simulation capability
• Cost and resource analysis checks

Based on the modeling notation additional checks might be

available

Select attribute visualizations (overlays)

Change workspace language

Keyboard Shortcuts

Shortcuts for Windows Shortcuts for Mac

Open diagram In the explorer, double click the diagram In the explorer, double click the diagram
name name

Open diagram preview In the explorer, select the diagram and In the explorer, select the diagram and
press Space press Space

Save diagram Ctrl + S ⌘+S

Copy selection Ctrl + C ⌘+C

Paste selection Ctrl + V ⌘+V

Cut selection Ctrl + X ⌘+X

Delete selection Del Del

Undo Ctrl + Z ⌘+Z

Redo Ctrl + Y ⌘+Y

Zoom Press Ctrl + + to make everything larger Press ⌘ + + to make everything larger

Press Ctrl + - to make everything Press ⌘ + - to make everything smaller

smaller
Press ⌘ + 0 to reset
Press Ctrl + 0 to reset

SAP Signavio Process Manager User Guide

40 PUBLIC Modeling
 Shortcuts for Windows Shortcuts for Mac

Full-screen Press F11 to use full-screen mode, press Press ⌘ + Ctrl + f to use full-screen
F11 again to exit full-screen mode mode, press ⌘ + Ctrl + f again to exit
full-screen mode

Resize element Hold Ctrl and drag the element connec- Hold ⌘ and drag the element connec-
tor to resize in all directions tor to resize in all directions

Hold Shift and drag the element con- Hold Shift and drag the element con-
nector to resize proportionally nector to resize proportionally

Hold Alt and drag the element connec- Hold Alt and drag the element connec-
tor to resize without snapping tor to resize without snapping

Move elements Hold Alt or Ctrl while moving an ele- Hold Alt or ⌘ while moving an element
ment to move without automatic snap- to move without automatic snapping or
ping or orientation lines orientation lines

Hold Shift+Alt or Shift+Strg to move an Hold Shift+Alt or Shift+Strg to move an

element along a horizontal or vertical element along a horizontal or vertical
line, without displayed orientation lines line, without displayed orientation lines

Adjust space between elements Press Ctrl + M and add or remove Press ⌘ + M and add or remove space,
space, press Ctrl + M again to deacti- press ⌘ + M again to deactivate
vate

Select elements of the same type Select one or more elements and press Select one or more elements and press
Ctrl + I ⌘+I

Next steps

• Format diagrams [page 54]

8.5 Add and connect elements

How to add elements to a diagram from the shape repository or the interactive shortcut menu, pools, lanes,
and gateways. How to connect elements with sequence flows and message flows.

You have the following options to add elements to a diagram:

• You can drag elements from the shape repository onto the canvas.
• You can use the interactive shortcut menu when you click an element on the canvas.
• You can copy and paste elements.

SAP Signavio Process Manager User Guide

Modeling PUBLIC 41
Add elements from the shape repository

The shape repository in the left panel of the editor lists all modeling elements available for a notation. For
notations with lots of elements, elements are grouped into subsets. To change subsets, click the current subset
and select a different subset from the drop-down list.

In a subset, elements are grouped thematically.

To add an element, follow these steps:

1. Click the element you want to add to your diagram.

2. Hold the mouse button and drag the element onto the canvas. Green icons indicate where you can
place an element.
3. To label an element, double-click the element and enter the label text in the text box.
The label is saved when you click outside the text box. Available dictionary entries are suggested while you
type.

 Example

Example:

SAP Signavio Process Manager User Guide

42 PUBLIC Modeling
Add elements from the interactive shortcut menu

 Note

Which elements are shown in the interactive shortcut menu depends on the selected subset of modeling
elements. If you miss an element in the shortcut menu, check which set of modeling elements is selected in
the shape repository.

To add an element, follow these steps:

1. Select an element in the diagram.

The shortcut menu opens. Depending on the selected element, the shortcut menu suggests elements.
2. Click the icon of the element you want to add. The new element is added to the diagram.
The connector type between the selected element and the new element is set automatically.

When you want to add an element and set its position, click the element icon and drag the element to its
position. The new element is added to the diagram where you release the mouse button.

 Example

How to use the shortcut menu:

Add pools and lanes

Add a pool by dragging the Pool/Lane element onto the canvas. Collapsed pools can't contain elements.

Add a lane to a pool by dragging the Pool/Lane element onto a pool.

To add more lanes to a pool, drag a Pool/Lane element onto the left or right edge of a lane.

To add a sublane, drag a Pool/Lane element onto the center of a lane.

 Example

Add pools and lanes:

SAP Signavio Process Manager User Guide

Modeling PUBLIC 43
To reorder lanes, you have the following options:

• Click the header and drag the lane to it's new location.
• Click the header and use the arrow icons that are shown in the lane to move a lane up or down.

To move lanes up and down the hierarchy, use the arrows.

 Example

Nested lanes example

SAP Signavio Process Manager User Guide

44 PUBLIC Modeling
Connect elements with flows

To connect elements with flows, drag the flow onto the target element. You can also use the flow icons from the
interactive shortcut menu.

 Example

Example

SAP Signavio Process Manager User Guide

Modeling PUBLIC 45
When a connection is possible, green marks are shown on the edges on the element.

When a connection isn't possible, red marks are displayed on the edges of the element.

SAP Signavio Process Manager User Guide

46 PUBLIC Modeling
You can drag a new element onto a connector that already connects two elements. Then, the new element is
added and connected automatically.

Add gateways to flows

When you drag a gateway onto a flow, the flow is split and connected to the gateway.

Copy elements

You can copy elements to create similar elements. You can also copy parts of old diagrams to reuse in new
diagrams.

1. Select the element you want to copy. Hold the Shift or Ctrl key to select multiple elements.

2. Click to copy, click to cut and click to paste elements. You can also use the shortcuts Ctrl +
C to copy, Ctrl + X to cut and Ctrl + V to paste elements.

 Note

• Copying elements between different diagrams can take a while, because they are copied to the server
first.
• An internet connection is required for copying elements between diagrams, but not for copying
elements inside one diagram.

Remove elements

1. Select all elements you want to remove. To select multiple elements, press and hold the left mouse button
and draw a frame around the elements, or press and hold the Ctrl key while you click the elements.

2. Press the Del key on your keyboard or click in the toolbar.

The elements are deleted.

SAP Signavio Process Manager User Guide

Modeling PUBLIC 47
Next steps

• Move and change elements [page 48]

• Format diagrams [page 54]
• Work with modeling conventions [page 56]

8.6 Move and change elements

How to edit a diagram while you're creating it, change elements while modeling and add space to the canvas
wherever you want. How to change element attributes to adapt modeling elements.

While modeling, you can change the position of elements and labels.

You can also adjust the space between elements or change the canvas size.

You can change the element type.

Move elements and labels

To move an element or a label to a new position, select and drag it.

 Example

Example:

SAP Signavio Process Manager User Guide

48 PUBLIC Modeling
Rename elements

To change the name of a label, double-click the element. Available dictionary entries are suggested
automatically.

Change element size

1. Select the element.

2. Click the bottom right corner or top left corner and drag the corner.

 Note

For more options, keep one or more of the following keys pressed while you drag the element:

• Alt: Resize without snapping to other elements and orientation lines

• Ctrl: Resize in every direction
• Shift: Resize the element proportionally

 Example

Example:

Adjust canvas space

You have two options to adjust the canvas area.

SAP Signavio Process Manager User Guide

Modeling PUBLIC 49
• You can add or remove space between elements.
• You can shrink or extend the whole canvas.

 Note

Shrinking the canvas isn't possible if there are elements in the affected area.

To add or remove space between elements, follow these steps:

1. Enable the space adjusting function by clicking in the toolbar, or use the shortcut Ctrl + M.
The mouse cursor turns into a cross and two lines are displayed on the canvas.
2. Where you want to adjust the space, click, hold and move the cursor.
Space is added or removed depending on your movements.

 Example

Example:

This works in all directions.

3. Release the mouse button.

4. Disable the space adjusting function by clicking in the toolbar, or use the shortcut Ctrl + M.

SAP Signavio Process Manager User Guide

50 PUBLIC Modeling
To shrink or extend the whole canvas, follow these steps:

1. Move you cursor to one edge of the canvas.

Two arrow icons are displayed, and .

2. Click the inward-pointing arrow to shrink the canvas, click the outward-pointing arrow to expand
the canvas.

Zoom

To view the complete diagram on your screen, use the zoom icons, and .

• To make everything on the canvas larger, click .

• To make everything on the canvas smaller, click .

To return to the standard zoom level and view the diagram in its default size, click .

To fit the diagram to your canvas size, click .

Change the element type

 Note

Changes that affect the appearance and behavior of an element, but not its type, can be made in the
attribute panel. For example, to change a task into a script task, you set the attribute Task type to Skript.

You can change the element type. For example, in BPMN the following transformations are possible:

• task to subprocess
• plain start event to message start event
• collapsed pool to expanded pool

To transform an element, follow these steps:

1. Select the element you want to transform.

2. Click below the element.

3. Select the new element type.
The element is transformed.

In the following example an exclusive gateway is changed into an parallel gateway.

SAP Signavio Process Manager User Guide

Modeling PUBLIC 51
  Example

Example:

Edit attributes

Modeling elements have several properties you can edit. These properties are called attributes. You can use
attributes to change the appearance of an element (for example the background color or label). Attributes can
also be necessary to execute a process, for example the decision logic in a DMN diagram is an attribute.

You edit attributes in the attribute panel on the right side of the editor.

SAP Signavio Process Manager User Guide

52 PUBLIC Modeling
 • To change the attributes for one element, select the element and open the attributes panel.
• To change diagram-wide attributes, choose any empty space on the canvas and open the attributes panel.

 Note

The first section of the attribute panel contains custom attributes, which can be defined by your workspace
administrators.

You can change attributes for one element and diagram-wide attributes.

Select all elements of the same type

Select all elements of the same type to change them at once.

• To select all elements of one type, select one element and press Ctrl + I. All elements of the same type are
selected.
• To select all elements of multiple types, select elements from each type and press Ctrl + I. All elements of
the chosen types are selected.

 Example

Example:

Attributes in SAP Signavio Process Collaboration Hub

Attributes are displayed when diagrams are viewed in SAP Signavio Process Collaboration Hub. Which
attributes are shown for SAP Signavio Process Collaboration Hub users depends on visibility settings for their
user group.

Attributes can be populated from a linked diagram if an attribute with the same ID is available for both the
linking element and the linked diagram. For details, see section Displayed attributes of SAP Signavio Process
Collaboration Hub user guide.

Your workspace administrator can create attributes with the same ID for different elements. The workspace
administrator guide explains how to do that in section Add and manage custom attributes.

SAP Signavio Process Manager User Guide

Modeling PUBLIC 53
Next steps

• Format diagrams [page 54]

• Work with modeling conventions [page 56]

8.7 Format diagrams

Options to align and distribute elements on the canvas and how to change elements so they match your
corporate design.

To add clarity and to customize a diagram, you can re-align and resize elements and change their color, size,
label, border and background style.

Align and distribute elements

Use the alignment menu in the toolbar to align or distribute selected elements.

Select the elements to align or distribute and choose from the following options:

Alignment Left Aligns elements along their left edges,

with the element positioned farthest to
the left as the reference element

Alignment Center Aligns elements vertically through their

centers, using the mean value of all
centers

Alignment Right Aligns elements along their right edges,

with the element positioned farthest to
the right as the reference element

Alignment Top Aligns elements along their top edges,

with the highest element as the refer-
ence element

Alignment Middle Aligns elements horizontally through

their middles, using the mean value of
all middles

Alignment Bottom Aligns elements along their bottom

edges, with the lowest element as the
reference element

SAP Signavio Process Manager User Guide

54 PUBLIC Modeling
 Distribute elements horizontally You need to select at least 3 elements
for this function.

Distributes elements evenly on a hori-

zontal axis, the outer 2 elements keep
their position

Distribute elements vertically You need to select at least 3 elements

for this function.

Distributes elements evenly on a verti-

cal axis, the outer 2 elements keep their
position

Same Size Resizes the elements to the size of the

largest element in the selection

Format elements and labels

You can change the attribute values of an element in the attribute panel to change its appearance:

• Change the label either by clicking the element or the attribute name.

• Change the element color by clicking in the toolbar.

• Change the border color by clicking in the toolbar.

• Change the color gradient of an element's background to a flat design. To do this, enable Flat design under
More Attributes in the attribute panel.

You can change the labels with the following tools in the toolbar:

• Change the font size

• Make the font bold

• Make the font italics

• Change the font color

Copy and apply formatting

1. Select the element that has the format you want to copy.

2. Click in the toolbar.

3. Select the element you want to apply the formatting to. The copied formatting is applied.

SAP Signavio Process Manager User Guide

Modeling PUBLIC 55
To apply the default format to an element, select the element and click .

Select all elements of the same type

Select all elements of the same type to change them at once.

• To select all elements of one type, select one element and press Ctrl + I. All elements of the same type are
selected.
• To select all elements of multiple types, select elements from each type and press Ctrl + I. All elements of
the chosen types are selected.

8.8 Work with modeling conventions

How to check if your modeling style is consistent with general or company-specific guidelines. Use modeling
convention reports to improve your diagrams over time.

 Note

Access to this feature depends on your license. For more information, contact your workspace
administrator.

Modeling conventions make it easier to use a consistent modeling style.

A modeling convention consists of modeling guidelines regarding notation set, labeling, process structure and
diagram layout

With modeling convention checks, you can find out if a diagram violates these guidelines. You can run a check
while modeling or when you save a diagram. Additionally, you can create a modeling conventions report after
a check that contains an summary of the errors. Modeling conventions can be defined by your workspace
administrator.

To run the check, you have several options:

• Click in the editor toolbar and select the convention.

• Depending on your workspace settings, a prompt for a check when saving a diagram can be integrated. In

this case, click in the save dialog.

• Select Help > Modeling Conventions in the menu of the explorer.

Elements which violate conventions are flagged with an exclamation mark. To view a short info about the
violation, hover over the exclamation mark. Additionally, the information is summarized in a table below the
process diagram.

In the table, click the element to view it in the diagram. If available, click the link icon for more information
about a guideline.

 Example

Example:

SAP Signavio Process Manager User Guide

56 PUBLIC Modeling
Modeling conventions report

You can create a modeling convention report for one or multiple diagrams in the explorer. The report contains a
summary of violations of modeling conventions and is generated as an XLSX file.

To create a report, follow these steps:

1. Select Reporting > Modeling Conventions in the explorer.

2. Select the diagrams and modeling conventions you want to include.
3. Click Start analysis.
An XLSX file is generated.

8.9 Process hierarchies

Short overview about process hierarchies and the notations you use to create them.

You create process hierarchies to map the processes on all levels of your organization.

With value chain diagrams, you can create high-level perspectives on your process landscape. The diagram
elements are linked in chronological order to show the hierarchical relationships between processes and
process groups. With the collapsed process element, you can link BPMN diagrams to the value chain diagram.

BPMN is used to map the detailed processes. The processes in BPMN diagrams are also showing different
process levels. You create a high-level overview of a main process and in separate diagrams you model
subprocesses. Then you link these subprocesses to the main process. We recommend linking subprocesses
with the collapsed subprocess element, which links to subprocesses defined in separate models.

SAP Signavio Process Manager User Guide

Modeling PUBLIC 57
Next steps

• Value chain diagrams [page 202]

• Create subprocesses [page 58]

8.10 Create subprocesses

Subprocesses can be modeled in separate diagrams. Link and reuse subprocesses across your process
landscape. Add and manage subprocess elements.

When you create a high-level overview of the main process, you model subprocesses in separate diagrams and
link these subprocesses to the main process.

There are two ways to add subprocesses to diagrams, as expanded or collapsed subprocesses.

With the expanded subprocess element, subprocesses are shown with the main process. Since this does
increase diagram size and visual complexity, we recommend using the collapsed subprocess element, which
links to subprocesses defined in separate models.

When to use subprocesses

Subprocesses can be complete processes or partial processes. They can only be executed as parts of a larger
process.

You can reuse subprocesses in multiple diagrams. We recommend using a subprocess in the following cases:

• a part of the process is the same for several processes

• a part of the process is changed often
• a part of the process is executed differently but the main process is the same

A subprocess needs to be a process, with a start and end event. When you have a complex activity that cannot
be meaningfully divided into different tasks, use a task element in your process model.

Subprocess elements

The notations in which you use subprocesses are usually value chains and BPMN models. In value chains, you
use the Collapsed Process element. In BPMN diagrams , you use the Collapsed Subprocess element.

Elements that link to other diagrams are marked with a + icon. This is the Collapsed Subprocess element in
BPMN:

SAP Signavio Process Manager User Guide

58 PUBLIC Modeling
Add subprocesses to a diagram

 Note

The following descriptions apply to BPMN diagrams, linking diagrams to elements is similar for other
notations.

You have the following options to create subprocesses:

• When you have a complex diagram, you can group parts into subprocesses.
• You can add a Collapsed Subprocess element to your diagram.
• From the subprocess element, you can create a subprocess diagram that is automatically linked.
• When you already have a subprocess defined, you can add a subprocess element to the main diagram
and link your defined subprocess to this element.
You can link diagrams in your workspace, or diagrams in other locations via URL.

Group diagram elements into a subprocess

1. Open the BPMN diagram.

2. Select the process elements you want to group. It is possible to select only one element.

3. Click below your selection and select Collapsed subprocess.

4. Enter a name for the subprocess and click Create linked subprocess.
The subprocess is saved as a new diagram. In the original diagram, a Collapsed Subprocess element
replaces the subprocess.

 Example

Group tasks to a subprocess:

SAP Signavio Process Manager User Guide

Modeling PUBLIC 59
The new diagram is created in the same folder as the original diagram. Refresh the explorer to view it.

Link a diagram to a subprocess element

1. Select a Collapsed Subprocess element in your diagram and click the + symbol.
The dialog for adding a link opens.
2. Select one of the options to add a link:
• Use existing diagram: Select the diagram to link in the folder structure.
• Use web link: Paste the URL to the input field.
3. If the preview is too small, enlarge the dialog.
4. Click Link diagram.
The diagram is linked to the subprocess element.

Create a new subprocess from the subprocess element

1. Select a Collapsed Subprocess element in your diagram and click the + symbol.
The dialog for adding a link opens.
2. Enter a diagram name in the text field.
3. Select the diagram type.
4. Click Link diagram.
A diagram is created and opened in a new tab.

Change linked diagrams

Once you have added a linked subprocess to a process, you can open the linked diagram from the subprocess
element.

In a Collapsed Subprocess element in your diagram, click the + symbol.

A preview of the currently linked diagram is displayed. If the preview is too small, enlarge the Establish link
dialog.

• To open the diagram in a new browser tab, click Open.

• To select a new diagram to link, click Edit link.
• To remove a diagram link, click Remove link.

View linked elements

You can view all related items in the attribute panel in the section Diagram relations.

In addition, all items related to a diagram by links are listed when you save a diagram.

SAP Signavio Process Manager User Guide

60 PUBLIC Modeling
8.11 Add Live Insights

How to add insights and KPIs to BPMN diagrams and value chains. The following Live Insights shapes are
available: Traffic Light, Progress bar, Indicator, Ring chart, Cockpit, Trend icon, Value

With the Live Insights shapes, you can add insights and KPIs you want to monitor to BPMN diagrams, value
chains, and navigation maps.

For that, you add a Live Insights shape to your diagram and link it with a widget from SAP Signavio Process
Intelligence. Users can then view the Live Insights in SAP Signavio Process Collaboration Hub.

In SAP Signavio Process Intelligence, thresholds need to be defined for the widgets that are linked to Live
Insights shapes. In SAP Signavio Process Manager, the color of the shape indicates how the current result of
the widget relates to the defined thresholds. The following example shows how the sentiment shape reflects
the current widget result:

The color of a shape is only visible in SAP Signavio Process Collaboration Hub. In SAP Signavio Process
Manager, the shapes stay grey.

Access the Live Insights shapes

For BPMN diagrams and value chains, you find the Live Insights shapes in the Live Insights shape repository. A
workspace administrator can enable this shape repository for you.

For navigation maps, they are available by default.

Visibility of Live Insights

The visibility of Live Insights in SAP Signavio Process Collaboration Hub is subject to requirements. Read more
in section Display Widgets in Other SAP Signavio Applications.

Overview over Live Insights shapes

The following Live Insights shapes are available:

Shape Description Example

Indicator Displays process performance data in

form of a plain icon.

SAP Signavio Process Manager User Guide

Modeling PUBLIC 61
Shape Description Example

Traffic Light Displays process performance data in

form of a traffic light.

Cockpit Displays process performance data in

form of an cockpit icon.

Value Displays a value including its unit if a

unit is configured in the widget.

The following applies:

• You can only link a Value widget to

this shape.
• In SAP Signavio Process
Intelligence, the widget needs to be
configured with SIGNAL code.
• You can't set a manual value for
this shape.

Sentiment Displays process performance data in

the form of a sentiment icon.

Trend Displays process performance data in

form of a trend icon.

Progress bar Displays process performance data in

form of a progress bar.

Ring chart Displays process performance data in

form of a ring chart.

Link a shape to a widget

Follow these steps:

1. In SAP Signavio Process Intelligence, get the ID of the widget you want to add to your diagram. Read more
in section Display Widgets in Other SAP Signavio Applications.
2. In SAP Signavio Process Manager, open your diagram and add or select a Live Insights shape.
3. Open the attributes panel and paste the widget ID to Driving widget.
4. In addition, you have the following options:
• Name: Enter a name for the shape.
• Documentation: Enter a description for the shape.
• Additional widget: Add more widgets by pasting their IDs. The widgets are displayed in the details panel
of the diagram when users click the Live Insights shape.

SAP Signavio Process Manager User Guide

62 PUBLIC Modeling
 Only the driving widget sets the shape color.
5. Save your diagram.

Use shape with a manual value

Follow these steps:

1. In SAP Signavio Process Manager, open your diagram and add or select a Live Insights shape.
2. Open the attributes panel and enter the value you want to display in Manual value.
3. In addition, you have the following options:
• Name: Enter a name for the shape.
• Documentation: Enter a description for the shape.
• Additional widget: Add more widgets by pasting their IDs. The widgets are displayed in the details panel
of the diagram when users click the Live Insights shape.
4. Save your diagram.

Next steps

Display Widgets in Other SAP Signavio Applications

8.12 Add links to SAP Signavio Process Insights content

How to add links to SAP Signavio Process Insights to diagrams.

Deep links from SAP Signavio Process Insights standard performance indicators can be added to diagrams as
links in custom attributes.

Read more about using attributes in section Edit attributes [page 48].

Viewing linked content

To be able to view the linked content, users need the necessary permissions in SAP Signavio Process Insights.

Read more in the following sections of the user guide for SAP Signavio Process Insights:

• User Management
• Roles in Default Role Collections

SAP Signavio Process Manager User Guide

Modeling PUBLIC 63
Next steps

Attributes in SAP Signavio Process Collaboration Hub [page 48]

8.13 Link to files in diagrams

From a diagram or from diagram elements, you can link to online documents, files in your document
management system, or files in your network.

There are two ways of linking documents to diagrams:

• To access documents from different elements or diagrams, link them to dictionary entries.
• To make the document accessible only from one diagram, use a custom attribute.

Use dictionary entries to link documents

We recommend to create dictionary entries to link documents to elements. You can reuse dictionary entries
throughout your process landscape.

To link a document to a dictionary entry, follow these steps:

1. From the explorer, open the dictionary.

2. Add a new dictionary entry or edit an available entry:

• To create a new entry, click New.

• To open an existing entry, select the entry and click Edit.

3. In Relevant documents, add the link.

 Note

The documents aren't uploaded to SAP Signavio Process Manager. Ensure that all users can access the
linked documents.

Use a custom attribute to link documents

Custom attributes are defined by your workspace administrator. The name for the custom attribute used for
linking documents is specific to your workspace.

You have several options for adding a file to a diagram:

• You can upload a file to the SAP Signavio file storage.

• You can link to a file in the SAP Signavio file storage.

SAP Signavio Process Manager User Guide

64 PUBLIC Modeling
 • You can link to files in your document management system, in your network, or to online documents.

 Note

SAP Signavio Process Manager is not designed as a document management system. We recommend
linking to documents instead of uploading documents.

To add a link to a document to your diagram, follow these steps:

1. Select the diagram element to which you want to add a linked document. If you don't select an element,
the link is added to the diagram.
2. Open the attribute panel.
3. In the section Custom Attributes, select the custom attribute used for linking documents in your
workspace.

4. Click the icon.

5. Click Add a new document.
6. Select one of the options:
• To upload a file, enable Upload a new pictureand select the file.
• To link to a file in the SAP Signavio file storage, enable Choose a picture from your file storage and
select the file.
• To link to a file in your document management system or in your network, enable Link a file/picture on
a web resource or network storage and add the URL.
7. To save, click Add.

8.14 Display attribute overlays

Attribute visualization with overlays in SAP Signavio Process Manager.

Attribute overlays are attribute visualization layers. With attribute overlays, you can show attributes directly on
the diagram. You can use different icons and colors for overlays.

You can add attribute overlays to diagrams and diagram elements.

Attribute visualization layers are available for the following diagram types:

• BPMN diagrams
• Value chain diagrams
• ArchiMate diagrams
• Organization charts

Attribute overlays are managed by your workspace administrator. They also set the rules that determine when
an attribute overlay is displayed.

 Note

We recommend to add attribute overlays as the last step when editing a diagram, because when you
change anything, you need to add the overlay again.

SAP Signavio Process Manager User Guide

Modeling PUBLIC 65
Display attribute overlays while modeling

• To select an attribute overlay, click in the toolbar.

It is possible to display several attribute overlays at once.

Display attribute overlays in SAP Signavio Process Collaboration Hub

If a diagram contains attribute overlays, the number of available overlays and the number of visible overlay
categories are displayed.

Users can show or hide overlays and select which overlays they want to view.

8.15 Compare revisions

Compare different diagrams and different revisions of the same diagram with this function.

With the diagram and revision comparison tool you can track changes to revisions made to your diagrams. In
addition to the Explorer Comparison view, here you can do the following:

• Compare two revisions of the same diagram side by side with revisions such as additions, edits, and
deletions.
• View changes made by other users on a diagram.
• Approve and apply changes made by other users on a diagram.
• Improve collaboration between users working on a diagram (see section Collaboration [page 262]).
• Locate duplicate diagrams after you have imported diagrams to your workspace (see section imported
[page 312]).

SAP Signavio Process Manager User Guide

66 PUBLIC Modeling
Open the diagram comparison tool

You can open the diagram comparison tool in the following components:

• In the explorer, select a diagram or two diagrams you want to compare and click Edit > Compare revisions/
diagrams.
• In the BPMN simulation, editor, and QuickModel, click Diagram comparison in the user menu.
• In the activity feed, select a diagram revision from the feed and click Open to Compare.
• In SAP Signavio Process Collaboration Hub, open the diagram comparison tool from the diagram actions.

Display options

With the Zoom Slider you can change the size of a diagram. When using the Zoom Slider, both diagrams
move simultaneously. You can navigate to different sections of a diagram by holding left-click and moving the
diagram.

To use the Zoom Slider on an individual diagram revision, disable the Synchronized Scrolling option.

Select revisions

The comparison view displays all edits made to a diagram in your workspace in the form of revisions. You can
view revisions of a diagram in two ways:

• Using the revision drop-down menu option.

• Using the choose revisions/diagrams option.

Using the revision drop-down menu option

To view different revisions of your diagrams using the Revision drop-down menu, follow these steps:

1. On the first revision window, select the required revision from the Revision drop-down menu.
2. On the second revision window, select the required revision from the Revision drop-down menu.
3. The comparison and revision tool displays the selected revisions for the diagram side by side.

Using the choose revisions/diagrams option

To view different revisions of your diagram using the Choose revisions/diagram option, follow these steps:

1. On the diagram and revision comparison tool, click Choose revisions/diagrams.

2. On the Choose revisions/diagrams page, select the diagram and revision version for Diagram A and
Diagram B.

SAP Signavio Process Manager User Guide

Modeling PUBLIC 67
3. Click Compare.

Diagram change information

The diagram comparison displays structural and logic differences between diagrams or diagram revisions.
Hover over each icon of an element to get more detailed information.

The following table lists all changes:

Change Icon Description

New elements : An element has been added to the diagram.

Changed attribute : Attributes for the element have been

changed.

Changes in the Dictionary : A Dictionary entry has been

added, removed or changed on this element.

Changes in roles : The role the element was assigned to has

changed.

Deletions : An element has been removed from the diagram.

At the bottom of the window, you find information about the number of changes for every change category. You
can select which changes are shown.

 Note

Changes in sequence flows are not included in the comparison.

Next steps

Restore older revisions of a diagram [page 37]

8.16 Custom graphics

 Note

Access to this feature depends on your license. For more information, contact your workspace
administrator.

You can upload custom graphics for use in Customer journey maps, Value chains [page 202], BPMN 2.0
diagrams and navigation maps. Uploaded files must be in SVG format and individually no larger than 20 KB.

SAP Signavio Process Manager User Guide

68 PUBLIC Modeling
  Note

For images uploaded in the explorer, file size is limited to 20 kB for all notations, including navigation maps.
Images uploaded with the image manager while creating navigation maps have a size limit of 50 kB.

The following elements can be customized:

BPMN 2.0 diagrams

• IT System
• Additional Participant

Value chains

• Process
• Collapsed process

Customer journey maps

• Persona
• Touchpoint
• Moment of truth
• Customer
• Decoration

Navigation maps

• Images

Custom graphics are tied to the workspace to which they are uploaded. If you have multiple workspaces and
want to use custom graphics in each, you must upload them separately to each workspace.

 Note

Custom graphic files do not count towards the file limit for a workspace.

Upload custom graphics

Follow these steps:

1. Create or save the image you want to use as an SVG file.

2. In the SAP Signavio Process Manager explorer, open Setup > Define notations/attributes.
The Define notations/attributes dialog opens.
3. In the Modeling language section, select either customer journey map, value chain, BPMN 2.0 diagram, or
navigation map.

SAP Signavio Process Manager User Guide

Modeling PUBLIC 69
4. In the Diagram element types section, select the element type you want to set the custom graphic for. Note
that not all elements are able to be customized.

5. In the Custom attributes section, click the Custom Graphics tab. Click the Add button. The Upload Custom
Graphic dialog opens, with details about the upload requirements for SVG files.

6. Click Choose File and select the file you want to upload. The Name field is prefilled with the file name. A
preview of the image is displayed. Edit the name if you want, and click Add.

SAP Signavio Process Manager User Guide

70 PUBLIC Modeling
 7. SAP Signavio Process Manager performs a validation while your file uploads, to make sure it fits all
requirements (see section Validation criteria [page 68] below).
• If the validation is successful, your custom graphic is displayed in a list in the Custom Graphics tab.
• If the validation fails, a dialog shows you the original image and what the image will look like after being
scrubbed. If the scrubbed image is fine, click Add scrubbed image.
• If the validation fails, it may also be that the uploaded SVG does not meet our requirements.

1. Your custom graphic is displayed in a list in the Custom Graphics tab, where you can now set and use it for
modeling.

Delete custom graphics

 Note

Deleted graphics are removed from diagrams.

SAP Signavio Process Manager User Guide

Modeling PUBLIC 71
Follow these steps:

1. In the SAP Signavio Process Manager explorer, open Setup > Define notations/attributes.
The Define notations/attributes dialog opens.
2. In the Modeling language section, select either customer journey map, value chain, BPMN 2.0 diagram, or
navigation map.
3. In the Diagram element types section, select the element type from which you want to delete the graphic.
4. In the Custom attributes section, click the Custom Graphics tab. Click Remove.
5. Confirm in the dialog. The graphic is deleted from the workspace and no longer available in any diagram.

Validation criteria

SVG is a flexible, powerful file format. However, this flexibility makes it vulnerable to security exploits. To
prevent possible security problems, SAP Signavio Process Manager will check each SVG file you try to upload
and scrub anything potentially malicious from the file. It will then show you a preview dialog, so you can see
the differences between the original and scrubbed file. If the scrubbed file is acceptable to you, you can then
continue with the upload.

SAP Signavio Process Manager User Guide

72 PUBLIC Modeling
The requirements for SVG files are:

• The root element of the SVG must contain the required attributes either width and height or viewBox. The
width and height attributes must be absolute size.
• The attributes of the SVG file must not contain JavaScript in attributes
• The elements and attributes of the SVG file must not contain URLs
• The SVG file must not exceed the size limit of 20 KB
• The SVG file must not exceed the supported complexity of 2000 anchor points

Here is the list of allowed tags and attributes for SVG files:

Tags: "svg", "style", "g", "path", "ellipse", "circle", "polygon", "rect", "line", "polyline", "defs", "clipPath", "mask",
"use", "radialGradient", "linearGradient", "stop"

Attributes: "version", "xmlns", "xmlns:svg","xmlns:xlink", "xlink:href", "xlink:type", "xlink:actuate", "xlink:show",

"viewBox", "zoomAndPan", "xml:space", "contentStyleType", "contentScriptType", "preserveAspectRatio", "id",
"class", "name", "style", "transform", "d", "points", "x", "x1", "x2", "y", "y1", "y2", "cx", "cy", "r", "rx", "ry",

SAP Signavio Process Manager User Guide

Modeling PUBLIC 73
"width", "height", "fill", "fill-opacity", "fill-rule", "opacity", "offset", "stroke", "stroke-width", "stroke-opacity",
"stroke-dasharray", "stroke-miterlimit", "stroke-dashoffset", "stroke-linecap", "stroke-linejoin", "type","clip-
path", "mask"

Modeling with custom graphics

Once uploaded, custom graphics can be used in customer journey maps, value chains, BPMN 2.0 diagrams
and navigation maps.

To use custom graphics in a model, follow these steps:

1. Open your existing diagram, or create a new one.

2. Select an element you have defined a custom graphic for.
3. In the Attributes panel under Main Attribute, click the arrow next to the Image field.
4. Select your custom graphic from the drop-down menu.
Your element changes from the default graphic to the custom graphic you defined.

Models with custom graphics can be imported, exported and published to SAP Signavio Process Collaboration
Hub the same as standard models.

SAP Signavio Process Manager User Guide

74 PUBLIC Modeling
9 Variant Management

When organizations start a process initiative, their target audiences have different perspectives, even though
it's one initiative with the same goal. Those perspectives could depend on the location, role, department,
regulations, and more.

Employee onboarding in Germany, for example, is a little different than in the US. HR personnel, IT staff, the
hiring manager, and a new hire could all be involved in this process, and each of them will have a different focus,
different needs, and different expectations. Additionally, everyone involved cares about the current state of the
process, though not all are as invested in its future development.

In SAP Signavio Process Manager, process variants represent these different perspectives on a main process.
For each variant, you define characteristics that differentiate it from its process template and from other
variants. These characteristics are implemented as dimensions (dictionary categories) and values (dictionary
entries).

Our variant management tools enable process owners and modelers to identify and model variants, control
their relationships, reduce redundancy, track and propagate changes, and support users in consuming the
required variant depending on the context and their role.

 Note

The current scope is defined as follows:

• Variant management is supported for BPMN diagrams and value chains.

• Administrators and modelers are authorized to manage variants (for example, to create a variant). Only
modelers can create dimensions.
• Administrators and modelers can create variants of a process but not second- or deeper-level variants
(variants of variants).
• As variant dimensions are based on dictionary categories, they can only be created in English.
Dimensions and values that you've enabled for variant management are visible only in English.

Related Information

Variant Group [page 76]

Variant Management in the Editor [page 81]
Variant Management in the Notification and Activity Feed [page 81]
Variant Management

SAP Signavio Process Manager User Guide

Variant Management PUBLIC 75
9.1 Variant Group

A process template with all its variants.

A variant group consists of exactly one template and at least one variant. Each variant can only be attached to
one template.

The variant group carries the same name as its template. You can easily identify a template, a variant, or a
variant group as a whole by means of the following labels or icons:

Icon/ Label Element

Variant group (with number of variants)

In list view: Template (with number of variants)

Template Template

Variant

SAP Signavio Process Manager User Guide

76 PUBLIC Variant Management
  Example

Activities

Most activities related to variant groups are performed in SAP Signavio Process Collaboration Hub. Which
actions you are able to perform depends on your role and authorizations, and where you access the diagrams.

Related Information

Process Template [page 77]

Process Variant [page 78]
Variant Management

9.1.1 Process Template

A process model that has been defined as a main process for creating or attaching process variants.

A process template is associated with at least one variant. However it's possible to make a diagram a template
without immediately attaching variants, and to add them later on. Variants can also be detached from a
template.

Deleting a process template disconnects the associated variants, and they lose their dimensions and values.
You can't undo the deletion and the dissociation of the variants.

You manage process templates in SAP Signavio Process Collaboration Hub. Which actions you are able to
perform depends on your role and authorizations, and where you access the diagrams.

SAP Signavio Process Manager User Guide

Variant Management PUBLIC 77
Related Information

Variant Group [page 76]

Dimensions and Values [page 79]
Variant Management

9.1.2 Process Variant

A variation of a process model that differs from its template in at least one dimension or value.

Variants enable those involved in a process to work more efficiently and have a better understanding of the
process. They enable those who are modeling processes to manage complexity and at the same time achieve
more transparency and efficiency.

You can create process variants in the following ways:

• You make an existing diagram a variant by attaching it to a process template.

 Note

You can attach a variant to a template that uses the same modeling notation. To a BPMN model, for
example, you can only attach BPMN variants.

• You clone a template to create a variant.

• You clone a variant to create a new variant.

You manage process variants in SAP Signavio Process Collaboration Hub. Which actions you are able to
perform depends on your role and authorizations, and where you access the diagrams.

Related Information

Variant Group [page 76]

Dimensions and Values [page 79]
Variant Management

SAP Signavio Process Manager User Guide

78 PUBLIC Variant Management
9.1.3 Dimensions and Values

Use dimensions and values within these dimensions to differentiate process templates and variants.

The following diagram is interactive and contains examples of possible dimensions that you can use to define
process variants and templates:

• #unique_66/unique_66_Connect_42_subsection-im1 [page 79]

• #unique_66/unique_66_Connect_42_subsection-im2 [page 79]
• #unique_66/unique_66_Connect_42_subsection-im3 [page 79]

Click each element for more information.

Geography
Multinational companies need to manage processes in different countries and regions while keeping variations
in respect to a standard process to a minimum.

Product
Companies with different product lines and brands need to manage processes related to different products,
manufacturing sites, capabilities, and procedures.

Customer Type
Companies that produce and sell to different kinds of customers need to introduce variants related to the
different channels their customers use.

Process variants differ from their template in at least one value. That value either belongs to the same
dimension used by the template, or to an additional dimension.

 Example

These could be dimensions and values created by a company that produces coffee and tea:

SAP Signavio Process Manager User Guide

Variant Management PUBLIC 79
 Dimension Template Variant 1 Variant 2 Variant 3

Region Global Global Africa South America

Product Type Coffee Coffee Coffee Coffee

Department n/a Sales n/a n/a

Activities

Dimensions are stored as dictionary categories, and values are stored as dictionary entries.

You can add and edit dictionary categories in the SAP Signavio Process Manager editor. Any dictionary
category that you want to use as a dimension in variant management needs to be defined as such:

1. Choose Setup Define notations/attributes Dictionary .

2. Add a new category and fill in the required information.
To change an existing category, select the category name and choose Edit.
3. Select the Use for Variant Management checkbox.
4. Save your changes.

SAP Signavio Process Manager User Guide

80 PUBLIC Variant Management
Related Information

The dictionary [page 83]

Variant Management

9.2 Variant Management in the Editor

Display details about a variant group in the SAP Signavio Process Manager editor.

When you edit a diagram that belongs to a variant group, the system displays details about the template and its
variants in the attribute panel.

The following information is available:

• Process template
• Process variants
• Dimensions and values of the edited diagram

When you choose the link to a template or variant, the diagram opens in a new tab.

When you choose Manage dimensions, SAP Signavio Process Collaboration Hub opens, where you can
configure the dimensions and values of the diagram.

Related Information

Dimensions and Values [page 79]

Variant Management

9.3 Variant Management in the Notification and Activity

Feed

View information about variant-management-related activities and subscribe to notifications.

Changes to a process variant or a process template are documented in the notification and activity feed. The
following actions, among others, are documented in the feed:

• Creating new variants

• Changing dimensions and values
• Attaching variants to a template
• Detaching variants from a template

SAP Signavio Process Manager User Guide

Variant Management PUBLIC 81
  Example

If notifications have been enabled by your workspace administrator, you can subscribe to a diagram or a folder
to receive email updates.

Related Information

The Notification and Activity Feed [page 277]

Variant Management

SAP Signavio Process Manager User Guide

82 PUBLIC Variant Management
10 The dictionary

The dictionary is the central object management repository in SAP Signavio. A dictionary entry represents
an object that is relevant for one or more of your processes. With the dictionary you can manage and re-use
specific modeling elements. The dictionary also helps you make sure all your modelers are using the same
terms and the same elements in your organization-specific modeling environment.

The dictionary is a crucial component to achieve a consistent and well-structured business objects
management in your diagrams.

10.1 Working with the dictionary

Working with the dictionary in the dictionary tab.

 Note

Access rights for the complete dictionary and dictionary categories are set by your workspace
administrator. The actions available to you depend on your access rights.

In the dictionary, you can search, view, create, edit, delete, and publish dictionary entries.

• To open the dictionary, click the Dictionary folder in the navigation tree on the left side of the explorer. The
dictionary opens in a new browser tab.
• To view a dictionary entry, select it. Its full description, a list of attached documents, and a list of diagrams
referencing that entry is displayed.

SAP Signavio Process Manager User Guide

The dictionary PUBLIC 83
Navigate the dictionary

You can navigate the dictionary by using the dictionary categories.

1. Click the category that you want to display (for example, 'Roles').
2. Use the alphabet links at the top to navigate to the entry you are looking for faster.

Show where a dictionary entry is used

• To find out where a specific dictionary entry is referenced in your process landscape, select the entry and
click Show usages.

A dialog displays the type and name of the referencing elements, as well as the names of the referencing
diagrams.

With Load next, you can view links to the referencing elements to analyze the whole chain of references.

Switch the language

If there are multiple languages activated for your workspace, you can switch between them by clicking the

language symbol .

Dictionary entries that have not been translated into the currently selected language are displayed in their
default language and marked with a country flag.

Full-text search

You can find specific entries with the full-text search.

Follow these steps:

1. Enter your search terms in the search field.

2. Press Enter. The search results are listed. The order indicates the entries' relevance regarding the search.
For example, an entry with your search terms in the title ranks higher than one with the terms only in the
description.

The activity feed

Similar to the activity feed in the explorer, the dictionary feed allows you to manage revisions.

SAP Signavio Process Manager User Guide

84 PUBLIC The dictionary
You can expand or collapse the revision feed once you select a dictionary entry. When selecting a revision in the
feed, you can trigger the following activities:

• Restore
Restores your entry to a previous version. This does not delete revisions, but lets you to switch between
them.
• Publishing
Makes this revision available in SAP Signavio Process Collaboration Hub. By default, the newest revision is
automatically published upon creation.
• Unpublishing
Revokes the revision's publication in SAP Signavio Process Collaboration Hub.

 Note

The buttons to publish and unpublish revisions are only active in categories for which Publishing Mode
has been set to Manual. See Defining custom categories for dictionary entries for details.

Manage dictionary entries

Create new dictionary entries

To create a new dictionary entry, follow these steps:

1. Click New in the top toolbar. The New Entry dialog opens.
2. In the New Entry dialog box, add the following information:

SAP Signavio Process Manager User Guide

The dictionary PUBLIC 85
 Parameter Description

Category A number of attributes can be defined for a dictionary

entry. Start with selecting a category for the entry, as the
category can affect the custom attributes available for the
entry. Read more about the configuration of dictionary
categories in section Defining custom categories for dic-
tionary entries.

Language Select a language in the drop-down menu. Attribute val-

ues of dictionary entries can be defined in multiple lan-
guages. Make sure that the title of the entry is defined in
at least one language.

You can link dictionary entries by their name by typing

the title of the entry to be linked and choosing it from
the auto-completion drop-down menu. This is useful if
a dictionary entry contains other dictionary entries in
its title. For example, the dictionary entry Prepare loan
application for check by risk manager can reference loan
applicationand risk manager as further entries. Users who
view the diagram in SAP Signavio Process Collaboration
Hub users can navigate to these entries via the estab-
lished references.

Title(mandatory) Enter the name of the dictionary entry.

Description Enter a short description. You can format this description.

Relevant documents You can attach documents or link to files.

Documents attached to dictionary items are not updated

when the source document is updated. The dictionary
item contains the revision that was initially attached.

Class name This name is not available by default. An administrator

must enable it.

The class name is relevant when exporting a DMN dia-

gram to Drools files. When modeling, the standard name
of the dictionary entry is always used. Read more in sec-
tion Add java source references to dictionary entries used
as data definitions [page 333].

Technical name This name is not available by default. An administrator

must enable it.

The technical name is relevant when exporting a DMN dia-

gram to XML or Drools files. When modeling, the standard
name of the dictionary entry is always used. Read more
in section Export a DMN diagram to XML [page 332] and
Exporting DMN diagrams as drools rules [page 333].

3. Click Create to save the dictionary entry.

SAP Signavio Process Manager User Guide

86 PUBLIC The dictionary
Edit dictionary entries

To edit an existing dictionary entry, follow these steps:

1. Choose the dictionary entry you want to edit and click Edit. The edit dialog for dictionary entries opens.
2. Edit the dictionary entry.
3. Click Save.

 Note

If the category of the dictionary term you are trying to edit is set to automatically update when making
changes, the diagram elements that refer to this entry are updated automatically. This creates new
versions of the diagram. If there are a lot of diagrams affected, it can take up to 30 seconds to save
your changes.

Delete dictionary entries

To delete an existing dictionary entry, follow these steps:

1. Select the dictionary entry you want to delete.

2. Click the Delete button in the top toolbar. A confirmation dialog lists the affected diagrams.
3. Click Yes to confirm deletion.

Reference documents

You can reference external documents for a dictionary.

1. Select a dictionary entry and then click Edit. The Edit entry dialog box opens.
2. In the attribute Relevant documents, select Add a new document. The dialog Link files/pictures opens.
3. Select a file from your SAP Signavio Process Manager directories. Alternatively, you can upload a new file
or picture from your local file storage or add a link.
4. Click Add. The selected file is added to the dictionary entry.

 Note

More about external data sources is described in section Creating external data sources.

Publish dictionary entries

 Note

The following section applies to dictionary entries that are set to manual publishing mode. By default,
dictionary entries are automatically published together with the diagram.

SAP Signavio Process Manager User Guide

The dictionary PUBLIC 87
If a dictionary entry was edited without being republished, a warning is displayed when this dictionary entry is
used in the editor.

In that case, make sure that the current dictionary entry is also published when publishing the diagram.

To publish a dictionary entry manually, follow these steps:

1. Select the entry you want to publish.

2. Open the activity feed at the bottom by clicking Expand.
3. Click the revision you want to publish in the activity feed.
4. In the dialog, click Publish. The dictionary entry is published in SAP Signavio Process Collaboration Hub.

10.2 Use the dictionary while modeling

Link dictionary entries to diagram elements and create new dictionary entries while modeling, directly in the
editor.

 Note

Access rights for the complete dictionary and dictionary categories are set by your workspace
administrator. The actions available to you depend on your access rights.

Most dictionary functions can be used directly in the editor.

While modeling, you can do the following:

• Use suggested dictionary entries

• Search for available dictionary entries
• Create new dictionary entries

Use suggested dictionary entries

Available dictionary entries are suggested when you enter a label name.

 Note

This feature supports wildcards (*). For example, typing C*O may return the entries CIO, CFO, and CEO.

To reuse dictionary entries, follow these steps:

1. Enter a label for the diagram element. While you type, dictionary entries are suggested below the element.
By default, only dictionary entries whose category type matches the element type are suggested.
2. Click an entry to link it to the element. The entry's title is now the element's label and the attribute
values of the dictionary entry are applied. Elements that reference dictionary entries are marked with the

dictionary icon .

SAP Signavio Process Manager User Guide

88 PUBLIC The dictionary
  Example

Example:

Search for available dictionary entries

To find available dictionary entries, use the search below the shape repository.

Follow these steps:

1. Enter a search term. Search results are listed as you type.

2. You can apply a filter to include only specific dictionary categories.
3. When the search was successful, drag the dictionary entry onto the diagram canvas. The dictionary entry
is referenced and its attribute values are applied to the element.

Create new dictionary entries

You can add new dictionary entries while modeling.

SAP Signavio Process Manager User Guide

The dictionary PUBLIC 89
To create a new dictionary entry, follow these steps:

1. Enter the label of a diagram element.

2. Click . The New entry dialog opens.

3. A category for the dictionary entry is automatically preselected, depending on the element. You can
change the category in the drop-down menu.
4. Enter a short description of the dictionary entry. You can format the text.
5. To add documents to a dictionary entry, click Add a new document and add the link in the dialog. You can
add multiple documents.
6. Click Create.
The dictionary entry is created and the diagram element references this entry. Elements that reference

dictionary entries are marked with the dictionary icon .

 Example

Example:

New entries are created in the language currently selected for the diagram. To translate entries, open them in
the dictionary. See section Working with the dictionary [page 83].

Open dictionary entries

If an element references a dictionary entry, you can view the entry by clicking .

To edit the entry, click Open in dictionary. The full dictionary entry opens in a new browser tab.

SAP Signavio Process Manager User Guide

90 PUBLIC The dictionary
Remove links to dictionary entries

When you want to link an element to a different dictionary entry, you first need to remove the current link.

Follow these steps:

1. Open the entry by clicking the dictionary icon .

2. Click Remove link and confirm the removal in the dialog.

Publish dictionary entries

If a dictionary entry is set to manual publishing mode and has been altered without being republished, the
editor displays a warning.

To avoid this, make sure you publish the current entry dictionary along with the diagram you're creating.

10.2.1 Overwrite dictionary entries locally

This section describes local changes for attributes. To edit a dictionary entry, see section Editing dictionary
entries [page 83].

To specify a value for the current process context, you can overwrite attribute values from a referenced
dictionary entry locally.

 Caution

Local modifications are not applied to the dictionary. When you overwrite dictionary entries, these changed
element properties are no longer managed centrally in the dictionary. This can cause inconsistencies
between elements that reference the same dictionary entry.

To overwrite the value of an attribute, follow these steps:

1. Open the attribute panel. All attributes that are defined by a dictionary entry are marked with the

dictionary icon .
2. In the diagram, select the element with the attribute you want to change.
3. Click the attribute value in the attribute panel.
You are warned that local changes do not affect the dictionary entry.
4. Click OK to continue. Depending on the attribute, an editing dialog opens.
5. Enter the attribute value. When the new value is applied, the attribute is marked with a red dictionary icon

 Note

You can't overwrite a dictionary attribute value with its default value.

SAP Signavio Process Manager User Guide

The dictionary PUBLIC 91
Remove local changes

To undo the local change of an attribute value, follow these steps:

1. Open the attribute panel. All attributes with local changes are marked with a red dictionary icon .

2. Click the red dictionary icon .

3. The dialog Dictionary entry opens. Here, the local changes and the attribute in the dictionary entry are
shown.
4. To reset the value to the value from the dictionary entry, click Revert.
The reversion is confirmed.
5. Close the dialog with Close.

Preventing accidental overwriting

To report and prevent overwriting of attributes, you can use modeling guidelines.

Workspace administrators can activate the necessary checks.

10.3 Merging dictionary entries

The dictionary allows you to keep all the terms that are often used in your diagrams in one easy-to-reference
place. However, over time the use of terms can change, entries with a similar meaning but different description
might be added, and extraneous copies of existing entries might be created when many modelers work
together. Duplication can also happen when importing Signavio archive (SGX) files, because entries from these
files will automatically be added to the dictionary. Regardless of the source, merging dictionary entries will help
you keeping the dictionary in good condition.

Follow these steps:

1. Open the dictionary and choose the category the entries can be found in.
2. Choose the first dictionary entry you want to merge. You can select multiple entries at once.
3. Click Merge Dictionary Entries.
4. Enter the name of the second dictionary entry into the field Add Dictionary Entry. Use the auto-completion
here. You can merge as many entries as you want using this method.
5. Choose the elements to be added to the resulting entry. Attached documents, linked dictionary items, and
links are added to the target entry automatically.
6. Click Merge and confirm the warning.
The entries are merged. The resulting entry will be displayed, and can now be edited.

SAP Signavio Process Manager User Guide

92 PUBLIC The dictionary
10.4 Referencing external data sources

 Note

To be able to reference external data sources, you need to implement and configure the corresponding
interface first. Read more at Managing external data sources.

Once an external service has been set up, it can be selected in the dictionary under Simple Type - External
Enumeration of Values .

In the dictionary, all categories that can be used to define input data can have dictionary entries that make use
of external data. To be able to define input data for a category, the check-box Use as DMN input data has to be
activated.

To reference an external data source in a dictionary item, use Simple Type in the Type Definition field and
choose ExternalService as Value Domain . Now, the field Service allows you to select one of the services that
have been registered:

When the dictionary item is used in a decision table, the service response will determine the data type, for
example enumeration or hierarchy.

10.5 Recommendations: Dictionary Content Management

The dictionary is included with SAP Signavio Process Manager and can be used in SAP Signavio Process
Collaboration Hub and integrated with SAP Signavio Process Governance. This document explains how to
create useful dictionary content for your workspace, how to maintain the dictionary and how to keep it
consistent over time.

Getting Started

The initial dictionary contains the default categories and exemplary entries for most categories. The default
categories cannot be deleted. The exemplary entries give you an idea how entries can look like for the different
categories.

You can add custom categories and subcategories.

While dictionary entries and categories differ from company to company and between industry sectors, the
following four categories are usually useful for all customers:

• Organizational units
• Roles
• Departments
• External participants

SAP Signavio Process Manager User Guide

The dictionary PUBLIC 93
• Documents
• IT systems
• Risks & controls

 Note

Often, activities and events are not suitable for standardization across a workspace and therefore hard to
define as dictionary entries. You can leave the default categories Activities and Events empty.

When you have existing definitions and possible entries for one category or multiple categories, we recommend
that you add these existing content to the dictionary. Dictionary entries can be added one by one using the
dictionary interface. There are two additional ways to add dictionary entries:

• You can import dictionary entries in batches as Microsoft Excel files.

• Dictionary entries can be created while processes are modeled in SAP Signavio Process Manager by your
modeling users. We recommend this process when you have no existing definitions to import.

Importing New Entries as Microsoft Excel (XLS or XLSX) Files

You can import existing definitions into the dictionary as Excel files. You import one category or one
subcategory at a time. For a successful import, the structure of the Excel file needs to fulfill certain
requirements.

To make sure that the structure of the Excel file matches the requirements, export one of the available
dictionary categories and use this file as a template.

Export dictionary entries [page 326]

Import dictionary entries [page 321]

Creating New Entries in the Editor

Every modeling shape provides the option to directly create a new dictionary entry without leaving the current
model. When no preexisting definitions to populate the dictionary are available, modelers can fill the dictionary
while they are mapping processes.

Create new dictionary entries [page 88]

Assigning Dictionary Managers

To keep the dictionary consistent and to avoid the creation of duplicates, we recommend that you have
designated dictionary managers. Only this group of users should get write permissions to the entire dictionary
or specific categories, for example, you can appoint two managers for IT-systems and two different managers
for organizational units.

SAP Signavio Process Manager User Guide

94 PUBLIC The dictionary
To enable all modelers to suggest new entries, create suggestion categories. You can give all users writing
access to these suggestion categories. Detailed permissions per dictionary category can be set in the user
management.

Every dictionary entry has a unique ID that is used to link the entry to an element. This means the suggested
dictionary entries can be used by all modelers while still in the suggestion category. The link between dictionary
entries and modeling shapes stay intact when dictionary managers change the category of entries.

The dictionary managers should regularly take over entries from the suggestion categories so that new entries
are added to the main categories in reliable intervals. Dictionary managers can subscribe to the suggestion
categories to get notified about changes automatically.

Set access rights for the dictionary

Editing dictionary entries [page 83]

Avoiding Duplicates

There are several ways duplicate entries are created:

• Modeling users create a new entry, but a similar entry already exists.
• When you import Excel files with dictionary entries, the option Create new entries for all rows is enabled.
• SGX files are imported, with the enabled option to import the contained dictionary entries.

When several languages are set for your workspace, users can select a language for a dictionary entry. This can
result in duplicate entries that are not easily recognized because they are in different languages.

When you use suggestion categories and designated dictionary managers, they should detect duplicates when
they move entries out of the suggestion category.

When you import Excel files with dictionary entries, select the options carefully to avoid undesired results.

Merging Dictionary Entries

When you have duplicate dictionary entries, you can merge entries so that no information gets lost.

Merging dictionary entries [page 92]

Deleting Dictionary Categories and Entries

You can delete dictionary entries and all dictionary categories you have created. It is not possible to delete the
default categories.

Before you can delete a dictionary category, you have to delete all entries in that category, or move them to
different categories. You also have to delete all attribute definitions used by this category and all dictionary link
attributes that reference the category.

Deleting dictionary entries [page 83]

SAP Signavio Process Manager User Guide

The dictionary PUBLIC 95
10.6 Tutorial: How to use the dictionary as a modeler

This tutorial describes how to use the Dictionary as a business process/business decision modeler.

You will learn how to...

• ...reference and create dictionary objects directly from the modeling canvas.
• ...drag & drop existing dictionary entries as modeling elements from the element repository onto the
canvas.
• ...manage changes to diagram elements.

Following our recommendations will increase your modeling speed as well as the consistency and
completeness of your process landscape.

Let's start by creating a new process as part of our example process landscape.

First, we create a pool for our company. The pool ACME AG can be dropped from the dictionary entry
repository on the left side of the modeling canvas. It is directly available under Frequently used dictionary
items :

Drag & drop from the element the dictionary entry repository

SAP Signavio Process Manager User Guide

96 PUBLIC The dictionary
In the attribute panel on the right-hand side we can see that element attributes have been filled in
automatically, based on the attribute values of the dictionary item:

The attribute values are fetched from the referenced dictionary entry

Subsequently, we want to add the organizational role Approver as a lane.

We are not sure if a corresponding dictionary entry exists, so we simply start to fill in the corresponding label.
As we type, the dictionary entry Approver is suggested as a reference.

We select the entry to assign it to the lane:

Select the dictionary entry you want to reference

 Note

If the default Dictionary settings have not been changed, only dictionary items that match the
corresponding element type are suggested. In our case, only organizational units and IT systems are
suggested and e.g. no events or activities. IT systems can be referenced from pools and lanes because they
are similar to organizational units in their ability to execute tasks. For example, the task 'Send email' can be
executed by both an employee and an IT system.

SAP Signavio Process Manager User Guide

The dictionary PUBLIC 97
Now we add a start event and name it Employment contract received

We can assume that this event is only occurring in this one diagram, so we don't need to create a dictionary
entry for it.

Subsequently, we create the task Review employment contract. No dictionary entry is suggested by the system.
Let's now assume that we need to create the same task in a different process later on. Thus, we create a new
dictionary entry by clicking the dictionary icon at the lower left corner of the element:

Create a new dictionary entry

The dictionary entry is now available in the dictionary element repository.

SAP Signavio Process Manager User Guide

98 PUBLIC The dictionary
The document employment contract already exists:

Reference the dictionary item 'employment contract'

Now, we want to link the IT system that the approver needs to use. We don't know which system to use exactly,
so we use the filter function of the dictionary element repository to gain an overview over our IT systems:

Filter the dictionary for IT systems

We identify Personnel System as the correct IT System and drag it onto the modeling canvas:

We can refer to the steps described above to continue adding elements to our model.

SAP Signavio Process Manager User Guide

The dictionary PUBLIC 99
Generally, we recommend to re-use dictionary entries wherever it makes sense and to create or reference
dictionary entries for all elements that are likely to be re-used. This prevents duplicates and inconsistent
information in your SAP Signavio workspace.

However, when revising the process, we find that the role Approver is too generic for our purpose:

The dictionary entry does not provide specific information

To adjust the element, we have three options:

• Edit the element ( not recommended ):

We can edit the attribute documentation and adjust it to a more specific description.
Before editing the attribute, a warning will appear:

A warning is displayed, as element attribute and dictionary item attribute will no longer be consistent

SAP Signavio Process Manager User Guide

100 PUBLIC The dictionary
After the attribute was edited, a warning icon next to the attribute indicates that the value is not consistent with
the corresponding value of the referenced dictionary item:

The warning sign indicates the inconsistency between element attribute and dictionary item attribute

However, this procedure is not recommended, as it makes it very hard to detect the difference between the
approver in our current lane and other lanes referencing the approver object. Moreover, it is no longer possible
to centrally manage the attribute value via the Dictionary.

Adjust the dictionary entry:

We can click the dictionary item and select Open in dictionary :

SAP Signavio Process Manager User Guide

The dictionary PUBLIC 101
Now, we can click Edit and adjust the dictionary entry our needs:

This option is recommended if the dictionary entry is generally not correct or lacks information. This does not
apply in our case.

Create a new dictionary entry (recommended in our case)

As our approver is a human resource/legal specialist, we need to add more specific information. However, we
can assume that the approver reference in other diagrams doesn't match our new specification. In that case,
we will need to click the dictionary icon next to the entry and select Remove link :

SAP Signavio Process Manager User Guide

102 PUBLIC The dictionary
We confirm the action and rename the lane with a more specific term, for example Legal approver (HR) .
Subsequently, we add a new dictionary entry:

 Note

We recommend to avoid inconsistencies between dictionary entries and referencing elements and to avoid
re-purposing dictionary entries because of one specific reference . In such cases, the creation of a new
Dictionary is usually the best alternative.

SAP Signavio Process Manager User Guide

The dictionary PUBLIC 103
11 Modeling notations

SAP Signavio Process Manager supports multiple modeling notations: BPMN for business process models,
value chains, customer journey maps, DMN for decision diagrams, ArchiMate for enterprise architecture
diagrams and more.

In this section, you find the editing features of the different modeling notations:

• Section Business Process Modeling and Notation (BPMN) [page 205] explains how to model business
process diagrams in the editor.
• With Value chains [page 202], you create high-level perspectives on the process hierarchy in your
organization.
• Customer journey maps depict a customer's perspective on a product or service that contains specific
touch points that link customer experience with process architecture.
• With Decision Model and Notation (DMN) [page 140], you model decision diagrams to describe frequently
made decisions of an organization. It is also possible to simulate decisions and define and execute test
case for DMN decision logic.
• Enterprise architecture diagrams enable you to visualize your corporate IT system architecture within and
across business domains. You can learn how to model in section ArchiMate.
• In addition, SAP Signavio Process Manager supports a set of Further notations [page 226] that are of
lesser importance in practical process management scenarios.

11.1 Business Process Modeling and Notation (BPMN)

BPMN is an industry standard for modeling business processes. The standard is published by the Object
Management Group (OMG) and supported by a variety of vendors and consultants.

SAP Signavio Process Manager supports BPMN 2.0, including all modeling elements and attributes. With this
version of the standard, you can define activities, control flow, data flow, organizational dependencies, and
system dependencies of business processes.

The syntax rules of BPMN are enforced by the editor.

SAP Signavio is committed to BPMN, has been and continues to be involved in the standardization process,
and promotes BPMN in industry and academia.

11.1.1 Model a BPMN diagram

This section describes the special features of modeling a BPMN diagram. Find more on modeling instructions
that apply to all notations in section Modeling [page 35].

SAP Signavio Process Manager User Guide

104 PUBLIC Modeling notations
Select a notation subset

By default, multiple subsets for the BPMN notation are available.

 Note

Which subsets or which elements within a subset are available to you depends on the settings of your
workspace. Your workspace administrator can customize the subsets.

To select a notation subset, follow these steps:

1. From the explorer, open your diagram.

The editor opens.
2. In the shape repository on the left, select the subset you want to use.
The elements of the subset are displayed in the shape repository. You can change the subset any time.

 Example

Example

SAP Signavio Process Manager User Guide

Modeling notations PUBLIC 105
 SAP Signavio Process Manager User Guide
106 PUBLIC Modeling notations
Modeling elements

The modeling elements correspond to the BPMN standard. Find an overview in the element guide Business
Process Model and Notation: An introductory guide .

The following elements are additionally available:

• Live Insights
Add insights and KPIs you want to monitor to diagrams, read more in section Add Live Insights [page 61].
• IT systems
Define artifacts as IT systems.
• Additional participant
Add more participants to an activity.

For the following elements, we provide detailed instructions:

• Create subprocesses [page 58]

• Add pools and lanes [page 41]
• Connect elements with flows [page 41]
• Work with BPMN connectors [page 107]
• Intermediate events and boundary events [page 109]

Work with BPMN connectors

When connecting two elements, the connector type is automatically determined according to the BPMN
standard. For example, connectors between tasks are sequence flows, while connectors to annotations or data
objects are associations.

Add, move, or remove bending points

To show the bending points of a connector, hover over it. You can drag any existing bending point to a new
location.

To add a bending point, click the connector and drag the new bending point to its location.

To remove a bending point, you have the following options:

• drag the bending point to a location that is on a line with the two neighboring bending points
• drag the bending point onto a neighboring bending point

 Example

Example

SAP Signavio Process Manager User Guide

Modeling notations PUBLIC 107
Move connector sections

You can move horizontal or vertical connector sections that are between bending points or between a bending
point and another element. To do so, hover over the connector, click the yellow area, and drag it onto it's new
location.

 Example

Example

SAP Signavio Process Manager User Guide

108 PUBLIC Modeling notations
Attached intermediate events or boundary events

 Note

The BPMN specification uses the term boundary event instead of attached intermediate event.

With attached intermediate events, you can react on events that occur during the execution of a task. For
example, if a customer cancels an order while it is still being processed, the order processing needs to stop and
tasks need to be executed that cancel the order.

• To attach an intermediate event to a task, drag it onto a task. A green border in the task indicates that the
event can be attached. Some intermediate events, like the link intermediate event, can't be attached to a
task.

SAP Signavio Process Manager User Guide

Modeling notations PUBLIC 109
The following event types are available:

Event type Description

Canceling The occurring event cancels the task and determines how to
proceed.

Non-canceling The path defined at the event is executed in addition to the

executed task.

Attached intermediate events are canceling events by default.

• To change an event to non-canceling, select it and disable the option More Attributes > Cancel activity in
the attributes panel.

Canceling events are displayed with a solid border, the border of non-canceling events is a dotted line.

 Example

Example

Change the diagram orientation

BPMN diagrams are horizontally oriented by default.

We recommend to set the orientation before you start modeling.

 Note

Changing the orientation can change the diagram layout significantly and even break the layout. Previous
layout states can't be restored.

To change the orientation, follow this step:

• In the attributes panel, under Main Attributes > Diagram orientation, select the horizontal or vertical
orientation.

Check the diagram syntax

You can check the syntax of a BPMN diagram.

SAP Signavio Process Manager User Guide

110 PUBLIC Modeling notations
 • In the toolbar, click > Check syntax. Errors are shown in the diagram. To get more details on an error,
hover over it.

Further checks are available, read more in section Work with modeling conventions [page 56].

Next steps

• Simulating BPMN diagrams [page 236]

• Inviting modelers to edit a diagram [page 262]
• Export a BPMN diagram as XML [page 331]

11.1.2 Set BPMN attributes

Modeling elements have several properties you can edit. These properties are called attributes. You can use
attributes to change the appearance of an element (for example the background color or label). Attributes can
also be necessary to execute a process, for example the decision logic in a DMN diagram is an attribute.

You edit attributes in the attribute panel on the right side of the editor.

• To change the attributes for one element, select the element and open the attributes panel.
• To change diagram-wide attributes, choose any empty space on the canvas and open the attributes panel.

 Note

The first section of the attribute panel contains custom attributes, which can be defined by your workspace
administrators.

You can change attributes for one element and diagram-wide attributes.

 Example

Example:

SAP Signavio Process Manager User Guide

Modeling notations PUBLIC 111
Frequently used BPMN attributes

BPMN includes a range of attributes. The following table lists the most important attributes.

Attribute Elements Default Use

Loop type task, subprocess None Standard: task is is executed

multiple times

MI Parallel: task is executed

multiple times in parallel

MI Sequential task is exe-

cuted multiple times sequen-
tially

Task type task None Specifies the task

Send, Receive,

User, Manual,

Service, Busi-

ness rule, Script task

SAP Signavio Process Manager User Guide

112 PUBLIC Modeling notations
 Attribute Elements Default Use

Is for compensation task, subprocess false A compensation activity is

used to cancel the result of
another activity that has al-
ready been completed.

Is a transaction subprocess false A transaction contains sev-

eral activities that must be
completed successfully for
the flow to continue. If any
of the activities was not com-
pleted successfully, all of
them must reversed to their
original state.

Is ad hoc subprocess false In an ad hoc subprocess, you

define the steps, but not the
order.

Is a call activity task, subprocess, event-sub- false A call activity links to a glob-
process
ally defined process or sub-
process. The called process
controls the flow. Non-stand-
ard start events are ignored.

Subprocess reference subprocess, event-subpro- none The subprocess linked to the

cess element is listed as the ref-
erence. Usually, a BPMN dia-
gram in the same workspace
is linked.

SAP Signavio Process Manager User Guide

Modeling notations PUBLIC 113
Attribute Elements Default Use

Is multi instance participant pool false Multiple similar organizations

or process participants can
be contacted during a proc-
ess. For example, project pro-
posals can be requested by

multiple companies.

Condition type sequence flow Standard After a gateway, one se-

quence flow can be the de-
fault flow that is followed in
case no other condition is
true.

State data object none States can further refine the

life cycle of data objects. You
can use any label for your
states. For example, you can
distinguish between 'new',
'completed' and 'rejected'.

Input/Output data object none Data objects can be read (in-

put) or written (output) dur-
ing a process.

input, output

Subprocesses, event-subprocesses and pools can be collapsed and expanded.

Add documentation to an element

You can add documentation to an element to include more details. For example, if a rarely executed task
requires instructions, you can add these instructions as documentation.

 Note

The element documentation can also be accessed in SAP Signavio Process Collaboration Hub.

To add documentation to an element, follow these steps:

1. In Main Attributes, click Documentation.

SAP Signavio Process Manager User Guide

114 PUBLIC Modeling notations
 2. Click the icon. The documentation editor opens.
3. Enter and format the documentation.
4. Save with Ok.

11.1.3 Responsibility assignment according to RACI

The responsibility assignment matrix RACI is used to represent responsibilities for activities.

RACI is an acronym for the key responsibilities:

• R for responsible: performs the activity

• A for accountable: approves the activity
• C for consulted: is consulted for the activity
• I for informed: is informed about the activity

Responsibilities can be assigned to diagram elements.

Assign responsibilities in a diagram

For BPMN diagrams, there are different ways to assign responsibilities:

• You can use lanes or the element Additional participant.

• You can assign custom attributes to tasks.

Assign responsibilities with lanes and additional participants

Add a lane to set all activities in this lane as responsible (R) in the RACI matrix. It's not possible to assign
additional RACI responsibilities to a lane element.

The element Additional participant can be linked to an activity with the connector Association (undirected). The
connector has the attribute Responsibilities to assign responsibilities.

1. Add an Additional participant element to your diagram.

2. Connect the Additional participant and the Task with an Association (undirected) connector.
3. In the Attributes panel, assign one of the four RACI Responsibilities to the connector.
The responsibility is displayed as the connector label in the diagram and listed for the activity when you
export a RACI matrix.

 Example

Example:

SAP Signavio Process Manager User Guide

Modeling notations PUBLIC 115
Assign responsibilities to tasks as custom attributes

 Note

To assign responsibilities to tasks, custom attributes for RACI need to be available in your workspace.
Custom attributes can be defined by your workspace administrator.

1. Select a task in the diagram.

2. Open the attribute panel.
3. In the section Custom Attributes, click the responsibility you want to add.

4. Click the icon.

5. Enter a role. Available dictionary entries are suggested as you type.
6. Select the role from the list. The role is added to the attribute.
You can add multiple roles for one responsibility. Roles that are already assigned are displayed below the
text field.
7. Click Save.
In the diagram, there is no visible change.
When you export a RACI matrix, the assigned responsibilities are listed.

 Example

Example:

SAP Signavio Process Manager User Guide

116 PUBLIC Modeling notations
To preview the dictionary entry for a responsible role, click the role.

To open the dictionary entry, click the icon and click Open.

To remove a role, click the icon and click Remove.

Export a RACI matrix

The RACI matrix lists the 4 RACI assignments and an additional responsibility where no RACI category was
used:

• R - Responsible
• A - Accountable
• C - Consulted
• I - Informed
• X- Participates

To export a RACI matrix for one or multiple diagrams, follow these steps:

1. Select Reporting>Responsibility assignment matrix / RACI (XLS).

2. In the dialog, select the diagrams.
When you select multiple diagrams, one matrix including all diagrams is generated.
When a diagram has no responsibilities assigned, the matrix remains empty.
3. Click Start analysis.
An XLS file is generated.

SAP Signavio Process Manager User Guide

Modeling notations PUBLIC 117
11.1.4 Setting key performance indicators (KPIs)

Key performance indicators have to be set for a quantitative analysis. The indicators can be set for task
execution probabilities and frequency. They also inform about cost and execution time.

Diagrams have to be structurally and semantically correct to create a quantitative analysis. SAP Signavio
Process Manager provides tools that allow you to check the corresponding properties of process diagrams.

KPIs can be set for each element in the Attributes section on the right in the Editor. Select an element, then
click the two arrows above Attributes to extend the section on the right. The KPI values for the corresponding
analyses are set under Cost and Resource Analysis and More Attributes. Simply click the corresponding
headlines to expand the KPI settings. When you are finished setting the KPI values for one element, simply
click the next element in the central section and add the corresponding values on the right. When you are
finished adding the necessary values to all elements, you can click the arrows on the left of the grey 'Attributes'
header to close the Attributes menu and proceed with the calculation.

The following attributes are key values for the process cost and resource consumption analyses:

• Frequency (per year): Start Event

Denotes how often a process is started via this entry point. Multiple start events that represent
alternative entry points for the process are allowed.
e.g. "1000"

• Execution (minutes): Task (BPMN), Function (EPC)

Denotes how long it takes on average to complete the task. This value is required for a resource
consumption analysis.
e.g. "2.5"

• Execution costs (currency): Task (BPMN), Function (EPC)

Denotes the costs that come up during the activity. This key value is required for a process cost analysis.
e.g. "5"

• Probability: Sequence Flow

Denotes the probability for choosing this sequence flow after a decision gateway/XOR-connector. This is
supposed to be a value between 0 and 1.
e.g. "0.2"

 Caution

'20%' has to be denoted as '0.2'.s

• Cost center: Task (BPMN), Function (EPC)

This is an optional value and represents the cost center for the activity costs.
e.g. "KS 1008"

• Apply in calculation: All elements

Uncheck to exclude an element from the analysis.

"yes" / "no"

SAP Signavio Process Manager User Guide

118 PUBLIC Modeling notations
  Note

Floating point numbers are accepted either in the form of "2.5" or "2,5" but will be automatically converted
to the notation of "2,5".

Checking completeness

After setting the KPI, you can trigger a check for completeness to ensure that all required values are present for
analysis.

Click the toolbar and select Cost and resource analysis check.

This check might take several seconds.

Some elements may now be marked with one of the following icons:

• The white exclamation mark on orange denotes that key values are missing for an element. It is also
attached to elements that will be ignored during an analysis, as it is not logically contained in those
measurements. (For example, a sending intermediate message event will be ignored during an analysis.)

This does not interfere with the analysis calculation, but some of the calculations may not be able to run
properly due to missing data.

• The white exclamation mark on red denotes a heavy structural or logical mistake. Additionally, some
modeling elements preventing an analysis are marked with this symbol--for example, a complex gateway
cannot be included in a process analysis.

This sign marks that an element interferes with the analysis calculation.
Hover over one of these symbols to get more details about the problem that occurred.

SAP Signavio Process Manager User Guide

Modeling notations PUBLIC 119
 Get information about an error

An analysis calculation can be triggered only after all severe mistakes (indicated in red) have been removed.

After removing them, switch to the Explorer.

11.1.5 Create views

You can create different views for different audiences. In a view, you include what you want to show an audience
and exclude what the audience does not need to see.

Examples for using different views of process models:

• A model contains both user activities and elements for technical implementation. The audience wants to
focus on the technical implementation.
• A model contains different variants of one process. The audience should only view one variant.
• A model contains the expected path of a process and a number of exceptions. The audience doesn't need
to see the exceptions.

You can create as many views as you need.

Create and change views

1. Extend the right panel and scroll to Views. All available views are listed.
• To create a new view, click Create new view.
• To configure an existing view, click the view.
The view configuration opens.

SAP Signavio Process Manager User Guide

120 PUBLIC Modeling notations
 2. In the configuration, select the objects to exclude from a view.
You can preview the result and the original diagram.
3. Enter a name and a description for your view.
4. Click Save changes.

Navigate the view configuration

Click and drag a preview to scroll to other areas of the diagram.

Use the zoom slider to zoom in and out of the diagrams.

By default, you move both diagram versions in the preview. To move the diagrams separately, disable
Synchronous Scrolling.

Edit a view

You can exclude all Comments , Data objects, IT Systems, or Roles above the original view.

• Data objects: contains data objects, data storage and messages

• IT Systems: contains IT systems
• Roles: contains pools, lanes, collapsed pools and additional participants
• Comments : contains all comments on the diagram

You can show or hide each element. In the original view, disable elements to exclude them from a view.

For pools, you have additional options. Select an option from the drop-down list at the bottom of the pool.

• Pool is opened: The pool and its content are included in the view. You can define view options for all
contained elements.
• Pool is collapsed: The pool content is not shown.
• Only content: No roles that are defined by the pool and its lanes are shown. Message flows attached to the
pool are hidden.
• Pool is hidden: Neither the pool nor its content is included in the view. Message flows attached to the pool
are hidden.

When you uncheck a pool, all elements in that pool are excluded from a view.

To keep the original diagram size and the original placement of the shown elements, disableReduce free space.

The preview is refreshed after every change.

Duplicate a view

To create a duplicate view from an existing view, follow these steps:

1. Click the original view to open it.

SAP Signavio Process Manager User Guide

Modeling notations PUBLIC 121
2. Edit the view.
3. Click Save as duplicate....
4. Enter a name for the new view and click OK.
A new view is created.

Delete a view

1. Click the view to open it.

2. Click Delete view.
3. Confirm the deletion in the dialog.
The view is deleted.

Editing views from within the Editor

It is possible to include or exclude diagram elements from one or multiple views while editing a diagram--
without opening the views configuration. This makes it fast and easy to edit existing views.

• Choose one or multiple elements.

Changes in the include option can be applied to single or multiple elements

• Behind each view that is stored in the attribute editor. check boxes will appear. Those can be empty,
checked or, if multiple elements were selected, colored green:

Only some of the selected elements are included in the view, but not all.

SAP Signavio Process Manager User Guide

122 PUBLIC Modeling notations
Checked

All selected elements are included in the view.

Empty

None of the selected elements is included in the view.

• Check or uncheck the boxes, to add/remove the elements selected from one of the views.

Check views while modeling

When you have views available, you can check while modeling if an element is visible in a view.

Open the view panel and click an element. The view which contains the element is marked.

 Example

Example:

SAP Signavio Process Manager User Guide

Modeling notations PUBLIC 123
Exporting views

You can include views when you export a diagram as an SVG, PNG, PDF, or a BPMN 2.0 XML file. The
SGX export contains all views for a diagram. Read more about exporting diagrams in section Downloading/
exporting diagrams [page 326].

11.1.6 Risk Management

 Note

Access to this feature depends on your license. For more information, contact your workspace
administrator.

In this article, you will learn how to define custom risk management tables in the Dictionary.

Creating risks and controls in the Editor

In SAP Signavio Process Manager, you can document the risks and controls directly in your process landscape.
This is obtained via the element attribute.

 Caution

To use this feature, you need to configure it first, see section Managing risks and controls definitions for
details.

To add a risk to a diagram element, proceed as follows:

1. Ensure that you defined Risks and Controls as described in Managing risks and controls definitions.
2. Select the element.
3. In the attribute panel under Custom Attributes click the defined category. The Risk Management dialog
opens.
4. Enter the name for the risk. While typing a name, the system automatically proposes possible names of
existing risks.

SAP Signavio Process Manager User Guide

124 PUBLIC Modeling notations
 Suggestions pop up as you type

 Caution

If you use an already existing risk attribute from the Dictionary, you can change locally the corresponding
value. Please be aware that this could lead to inconsistency and should be avoided. For more detailed
information see section Overwrite dictionary entries locally [page 91].

1. If you decide to create a new risk, you can now enter the risk definition.

The risk definition

2. For each risk, you can add controls:

SAP Signavio Process Manager User Guide

Modeling notations PUBLIC 125
 Add a control

3. Click in the toolbar to visualize controlled and uncontrolled risks:

To create an overview over all risks and controls, you can create reports, see section Generating risks
management reports [page 299].

Editing risks and controls in the Dictionary

When you need to update a specific risk or control, you can do this centrally in the Dictionary. The update will
affect all diagrams that reference this risk or control immediately.

Of course, you can also add new risks and controls in the Dictionary (see Using the Dictionary in the Editor
[page 88]).

SAP Signavio Process Manager User Guide

126 PUBLIC Modeling notations
To add risks and controls to the Dictionary, open the Dictionary and create new entries of the type Risk or
Control:

Create a new risk in the Dictionary

To ensure your risks and controls definitions are updated when a process changes, you can employ approval
workflows, see section Approval workflows [page 288], that enforce a review by a risk management specialist
before a process revision is published in SAP Signavio Process Collaboration Hub or otherwise released into a
production environment.

11.1.7 Migrate diagrams to BPMN 2.0

In SAP Signavio Process Manager you can migrate BPMN 1.2 business process diagrams to BPMN 2.0. This lets
you reuse old diagrams modeled in BPMN 1.2 with new elements from BPMN 2.0.

The diagram content is not changed during this migration.

Follow these steps:

1. Select the diagram you want to migrate.

2. Click Edit > Migrate to BPMN 2.0 in the top drop-down menu of the explorer.
The diagram can now be edited and saved as a BPMN 2.0 diagram.

11.1.8 Converting EPC diagrams to BPMN 2.0

SAP Signavio Process Manager allows you to automatically convert Event-driven Process Chains (EPCs) to
BPMN 2.0 diagrams.

SAP Signavio Process Manager User Guide

Modeling notations PUBLIC 127
To convert one or multiple diagrams, open the explorer, select the corresponding diagrams and go to Edit -
Migrate EPC to BPMN 2.0.

Now, you can decide whether to convert Position/Roles and Organizations to BPMN 2.0 Pools and Lanes. The
system handles the assignment to Pools/Lanes via the custom Relation attribute Responsibility. To properly
assign a function to a Positions/Role or Organization, you need to set the corresponding attribute value to
responsible:

The system will create empty Pools/Lanes for all Positions/Roles and Organizations that lack a corresponding
responsibility assignment.

If you don't activate the corresponding checkbox, the system will convert Position/Roles and Organizations to
the SAP Signavio-specific BPMN extension Additional Participant instead.

Click Migrate to proceed.

Configure the converter and start the conversion.

 Caution

EPC and BPMN 2.0 are not entirely congruent notations. The following EPC elements cannot clearly be
mapped to BPMN 2.0 elements and are ignored by the converter:

• Letter
• Email
• Fax
• Phone
• Entity
• Form
• Resource

If you use these elements in your EPC diagrams, we strongly recommend you to review and edit the
generated BPMN 2.0 diagrams after the conversion.

SAP Signavio Process Manager User Guide

128 PUBLIC Modeling notations
11.1.9 FIM attributes for public administration

 Caution

This articles introduces the FIM BPMN extensions, which are relevant for the German public
administration. The plugin for the editor is accessible on request.

The German Federal Ministry of the Interior created a BPMN extension for structuring BPMN-diagrams: the
so called FIM attributes (translates as Federal Information Management). These attributes equip processes in
departments and sectors of the public administration with reference attributes, to compare them with more
clarity on a national level.

The principle of the FIM initiative is: "The same content should always be described in the same way."

The attributes refer to common activity types like receive information or decide. These are activities that occur
commonly in the processes of the public administration, but different local authorities have different ideas of
implementing them. For example: Many local administrations use different forms to receive information for
public services, although on the basis of these information they have to decide over the same factual matters.
The FIM initiative strives to standardize the processes to reduce bureaucratic expenditure, using instruments
of process management.

In the BPMN extension, these processes are ordered into groups through FIM. The reference activity groups are
marked with different labels in the top right corner of a subprocess activity. This makes the the FIM groups
easy to recognize.

You can also use the add-on outside of the public administration context. It is a useful tool to structure
subprocesses and to standardize content that belongs to the same reference group.

Adding an FIM attribute

1. Add a collapsed sub process to the canvas.

2. Select the subprocess and open the attribute menu.
3. Under main attributes, from reference activity groups, select the correct FIM attribute from the drop-down
list.

Overview of FIM-attributes

The attribute labels can be used flexibly, but usually they refer to:

1. Receive information describes the arrival of new information or documents.

2. Provide Information describes the forwarding of information or documents, especially to external
participants (for example civilians or other enterprises).
3. Check formally describes proving something on the basis of procedural law.

4. Check materially describes proving something on the basis of substantive law.

SAP Signavio Process Manager User Guide

Modeling notations PUBLIC 129
5. Decide refers to a decision based on an expert assessment.

6. Create , for example a new document.

7. Execute participation involves an external participant into the process.
8. Execute other activity is optional, and can be used if no other type applies.

More information on how to create subprocesses is available in the section Create subprocesses [page 58].

Creating attributes for FIM reference activities

1. In the explorer, select Setup > Define notations/attributes.

2. Select Business Process Diagram (BPMN 2.0) as the modeling language and Collapsed Subprocess as the
element type and click Add in the Custom attributes section.
3. You can define the attribute name and type.

Read more in section Add and manage notation subsets.

11.1.10 Frequently asked questions

How can I add a second lane to a pool?

You can drag lanes from the shape repository in the left panel. Drag the lane onto the head of a pool and a new
lane will be created. Find more information about pools and lanes in section Add pools and lanes [page 41].

How can I change the orientation of a diagram (horizontal/vertical)?

You can change the orientation of a diagram in the attribute column under Main Attributes . Simply click the set
value ( horizontal or vertical ) of the attribute Diagram Orientation and change it correspondingly. The Editor will
automatically re-align the elements in the diagram after you confirm.

How can I link a document to a task?

Custom attributes can be defined for each modeling element. Open the Explorer, click Setup and choose
Define notations/attributes . Now, select a subset (e.g. Business Process Diagram (BPMN 2.0) and BPMN
(complete)), the diagram element type (e.g. Task) and click Add custom attribute . Name the attribute and
choose the data type Link/URL. Click Create .

SAP Signavio Process Manager User Guide

130 PUBLIC Modeling notations
Whenever a diagram is opened in the Editor, you can select a task and link a document to it using the attribute
Editor.

11.2 Customer journey maps

 Note

This section describes the customer journey map notation that was introduced in 2017. The user guide for
our new SAP Signavio Journey Modeler can be found here .

Customer journey maps (CJMs) provide customer-centered entry points to your business process landscape.
CJMs are high-level intuitively readable diagrams that focus on the customer experience instead of internal
processes. They help you understand how your customers perceive your products and services in the context
of their everyday lives and how their key decisions, which for example lead to a purchase or churn, are
motivated.

11.2.1 What are customer journey maps?

 Note

This section describes the customer journey map notation that was introduced in 2017. The user guide for
our new SAP Signavio Journey Modeler can be found here .

Customer journey maps are graphical representations of the steps a customer absolves when interaction
with your organization. They can include a wide variety of information, including things like critical decisions,
touchpoints, departments involved, IT systems, or any other points that are specific to your organization.
When creating a customer journey map, you model your organization from the outside in. Hence, customer
journey maps provide customer-centered entry points to your business process and/or enterprise application
landscape.

Customer journey map elements

The following sections explain the customer journey map elements you can use in SAP Signavio Process
Manager.

SAP Signavio Process Manager User Guide

Modeling notations PUBLIC 131
Persona

Personas represent typical customers. A persona's attributes and their associated banners define their
motivations, goals and pain points, as well as typical characteristics like preferred media channels and IT
savviness.

A female and a male persona.

Personas can be either female or male, depending on their gender attribute.

Customer

A customer element represents a persona at a specific step of a customer journey. You can configure customer
elements to express their feelings and attitudes as gestures, for example as a thumbs up.

A customer.

As personas, customers can be either female or male, depending on their gender attribute.

SAP Signavio Process Manager User Guide

132 PUBLIC Modeling notations
Outcome

Outcomes define what your customers are trying to get out of their experience. For example, an outcome of
the customer journey of a banking customer might be obtain loan. Outcomes can be either successes (hoisted
flag) or failures (flag on the ground).

Successes and failures.

Step

Steps (connected through paths) show the sequence of events at a high level and form the backbone of a
customer journey map around which supporting elements are arranged.

A sequence of steps.

Path

Paths connect different steps to define the flow of a customer journey.

Touchpoints

Touchpoints represent steps where your customer comes into direct contact with your brand. Each touchpoint
relates to at least one of your business processes and roles or IT systems. Touchpoints can be either physical
(for example: a cash desk) or virtual (for example: social media).

SAP Signavio Process Manager User Guide

Modeling notations PUBLIC 133
 Different touchpoints

Moment of truth

Moments of truth are key decision points that can make or break your business’s chance for succeeding with
the customer. They are either barriers (requiring customer empowerment) or signposts (requiring a customer
decision).

SAP Signavio Process Manager User Guide

134 PUBLIC Modeling notations
 Moments of truth: barriers and signposts.

Trigger

Triggers start a customer journey. They can be either ideas (inspiration-driven) or demands (driven by need).

A trigger.

Text

Text labels describe specific customer journey map elements or element groups.

SAP Signavio Process Manager User Guide

Modeling notations PUBLIC 135
 A text describing a customer's thoughts at a specific journey step.

Banner

Banners are post-it-style notes that contain important textual information about a customer journey map
element or about the customer journey in general. The icon and default color of a banner depends on the
elements type attribute, which can be idea (light bulb), demand (bell) or goal (flag).

Banners of different types.

Decoration

Decoration elements provide additional visual information to support specific process steps. For example, a
package decoration element might indicate a delivery.

SAP Signavio Process Manager User Guide

136 PUBLIC Modeling notations
 Different decoration elements.

11.2.2 Creating and editing customer journey maps

 Note

This section describes the customer journey map notation that was introduced in 2017. The user guide for
our new SAP Signavio Journey Modeler can be found here .

To create a new customer journey map, open the Explorer and click New - Customer journey map:

The system opens the Editor with an empty diagram canvas in a new tab.

You can work on the customer journey map like a diagram of any other type.

Grouping elements

 Note

In order to create groups, you must include one step element.

Grouping elements makes it easier to model your process landscape, because it lets you move multiple
elements together as though they were one single element.

You can group elements in one of three ways. In the Editor:

• Select a set of elements and click in the left bottom corner of the selection rectangle.

• Select a set of elements and click the in the toolbar.

• Select a set of elements and press the shortcut "Ctrl + G"

SAP Signavio Process Manager User Guide

Modeling notations PUBLIC 137
To ungroup elements, do one of the following in the Editor:

• Select a group and click in the left bottom corner of the selection rectangle.

• Select a group and click the ungroup button in the toolbar.

• Select a group and press the Shortcut "Ctrl + Shift + G"

After grouping elements in the Editor, open your customer journey map in SAP Signavio Process Collaboration
Hub. Click on each group and you will see all information about each element in the group displayed in the
annotation.

Navigating through customer journey maps

If you publish to or preview your customer journey map in SAP Signavio Process Collaboration Hub, you can
use the arrow keys on your keyboard to navigate through each step.

To do so, either select a step with your mouse, or simply press the right arrow key on your keyboard. The step
you selected will be highlighted, while the rest of the map will be greyed out.

If your step contains grouped elements, an information panel with information about each element will also be
displayed for the highlighted step.

11.2.3 Integrating customer journey maps into your process

landscape

 Note

This section describes the customer journey map notation that was introduced in 2017. The user guide for
our new SAP Signavio Journey Modeler can be found here .

In customer journey map diagrams, touchpoints (see section Touchpoint [page 205] ) depict interaction
points between your organization and your (potential) customers. In other words, touchpoint elements are
entry points to your process and application landscape. When creating touchpoints in customer journey
maps, you should reference the business process diagrams, roles and/or IT systems that are involved in the
corresponding customer interaction.

SAP Signavio Process Manager User Guide

138 PUBLIC Modeling notations
Creating custom attributes for the touchpoint element

To allow referencing process diagrams and - in the form of dictionary entries - roles and IT systems, create a
set of custom attributes for the touchpoint element type (see section Add and manage custom attributes). We
recommend creating the following custom attributes:

Name Description Type As list?

Process links Links to the business proc- Diagram link X

esses the customer trig-
gers/interacts with

IT systems Links to the IT systems Dictionary link (Category: IT X

through which the (potential) systems)
customer has contact with
the brand or organization

Roles Links to the roles through Dictionary link (Category: or- X

which the (potential) cus- ganizational units)
tomer has contact with the
brand or organization

Creating a custom attribute to reference IT systems.

SAP Signavio Process Manager User Guide

Modeling notations PUBLIC 139
Referencing diagrams and dictionary entries at touchpoint elements

To reference a diagram or dictionary entry at a touchpoint, select the touchpoint element in the Editor and
open the attribute panel. Select the attribute you want to edit - for example Process links - and add the
reference:

Adding a process reference to a touchpoint element.

11.3 Decision Model and Notation (DMN)

 Note

Access to this feature depends on your license. For more information, contact your workspace
administrator.

 Note

SAP Signavio Process Manager only supports DMN version 1.2.

DMN version 1.2 introduced the diagram element decision service to the specification. This element is
not supported.

You find the specification at https://www.omg.org/spec/DMN/1.2/ .

With DMN, you can describe and model frequently made decisions of an organization, which answer the
following questions:

• Which information is required for a decision?

• Are there any preceding decisions?

SAP Signavio Process Manager User Guide

140 PUBLIC Modeling notations
 • Are there external or internal guidelines?
• What are the dependencies?

DMN is not suitable for modeling strategic decisions.

The notation is designed to be readable by all types of business users in order to ease collaboration for all
stakeholders.

DMN and BPMN diagrams can be linked so that processes can be viewed separately from decisions, with the
advantage that the process is streamlined and the decision is traceable.

DMN consists of the decision requirements diagram and the decision table.

The decision requirements diagram is the graphical representation of the decision rule. For example, the
diagram below describes what information and decisions are needed to screen an applicant and decide
whether to hire or not.

From the decision table, the appropriate decision is read for each supplied input. For example, in the table
below it is defined whether or not an applicant must have specific technical knowledge, be fluent in certain
foreign languages, and must have gained experience abroad.

SAP Signavio Process Manager User Guide

Modeling notations PUBLIC 141
Next steps

Model a decision [page 142]

Define a decision logic [page 152]

11.3.1 Model a decision

Before you start modeling a decision, it is helpful to answer the following questions:

• Which decisions have to be made?

• What is the goal of a decision?
• Can a decision be split into partial decisions?
• Which requirements are needed to make a decision?
• Is the logic for a decision determined by external laws or internal guidelines?

Modeling a decision involves the following steps:

1. Create a DMN diagram.

To do so, add decision elements and connect them. Read more in section Available diagram elements
[page 143].
2. For each decision, add rules to decision table and define a hit policy.
Read more in section Define a decision logic [page 152]. The section also describes how to create simple
literal expressions.
To calculate sums using literal expressions, read more in section Using advanced literal expressions
(functions in DMN decision elements) [page 164].
3. You can simulate the DMN diagram.
To do so, apply data to it and check the results. Read more in section DMN simulation [page 198].

SAP Signavio Process Manager User Guide

142 PUBLIC Modeling notations
 In addition, you can run test cases to check whether your DMN diagram meets specific requirements.
Read more in section The DMN test lab [page 186].
4. You can integrate your decision model with a BPMN business process.
Read more in section Link a DMN diagram to a BPMN diagram [page 182].

In this section, the diagram elements and editing functions that are only available for this notation are
described.

For general creation and editing options that are available for all notations, read more in section Modeling [page
35].

Available diagram elements

In the shape repository, you can choose whether to use the core elements or a complete set of DMN elements.

 Example

Select a shape repository:

Decision

A decision element determines a result based on input data and a decision logic. Each decision element

provides a table for the decision logic. You can open the decision table by clicking in the decision element.

SAP Signavio Process Manager User Guide

Modeling notations PUBLIC 143
To describe a decision, use a question-answer-scheme. By default, the attribute panel provides the attributes
Question and Answers for documenting this scheme for each decision.

You can split a decision into one main and several sub decisions. To do this, you link several decision elements
in the necessary order. Read more in section Create sub decisions [page 148].

Input data

Via the input data element, you provide information for decisions. One input data element can be used by
multiple decisions and business knowledge models.

If you must model numerous data input elements, you can simplify this by using the complex data input
element. Read more in section Create complex input data elements [page 145].

Business knowledge model

With the business knowledge model element, you add a function containing business knowledge, for example,
in form of business rules, an additional decision table, or an analytic model.

Via this element, you can reuse decision logic. Read more in section Reuse decision logic via business
knowledge models [page 182].

Knowledge source

With the knowledge source element, you describe the source of rules for a decision, for example laws,
regulations, and guidelines.

Multi instance decision

A multi instance decision is a sub decisions which is executed several times. The result of a multi instance
decision is a value or a list that is used as input for another decision. Read more in section Create a multi
instance decision [page 150].

Group

Use this element to group diagram elements that belong together.

SAP Signavio Process Manager User Guide

144 PUBLIC Modeling notations
Text annotation

Use this element to add information to the diagram or a diagram element.

Information requirement

This connector links any input data or decision element to the decision that requires the information.

Knowledge requirement

This connector links any business knowledge model that must be used by the decision logic, to the decision.

Authority requirement

This connector links any diagram element that acts as a source of guidance or knowledge to another diagram
element.

You can connect an input data element with a dependent knowledge source or a knowledge source element
with any dependent decision.

Association (undirected)

This connector links text annotations to other DMN elements.

Create complex input data elements

If a decision requires numerous input data, you must model many input data elements. You can simplify this by
creating a complex input data element in which you define all input data as attributes.

 Example

Example:

To determine a discount, you need data on the purchase value and the customer status. Instead of
creating an input data element for both pieces of information, you create one complex data input element
and configure the purchase value and the customer status as its attributes. In the decision table, both
attributes are available.

SAP Signavio Process Manager User Guide

Modeling notations PUBLIC 145
To create a complex input data element, follow these steps:

1. Select the data input element you want to configure as complex.

2. In the attributes panel, set the value of the attribute Type definition to Complex type.

 Example

Example:

SAP Signavio Process Manager User Guide

146 PUBLIC Modeling notations
 3. To add attributes to the data input element, click the button next to the Attributes attribute.
The configuration dialog opens.

 Example

Example:

SAP Signavio Process Manager User Guide

Modeling notations PUBLIC 147
4. Type a name and select a type.
Depending on the type, you can define further properties.
5. Confirm with Save.
The attribute is created.

6. To add more attributes, open the configuration dialog again by clicking the button.

Create a sub decision

When a lot of information has to be considered for a decision, you can outsource part of the information to sub
decisions. This makes the diagram easier to understand as the dependencies and input values are easier to
see. The logic of each decision is also easier to define.

 Example

Example DMN diagram without sub decisions:

SAP Signavio Process Manager User Guide

148 PUBLIC Modeling notations
  Example

Example DMN diagram with sub decisions:

SAP Signavio Process Manager User Guide

Modeling notations PUBLIC 149
For sub decisions, the decision element is used. To create a sub decision, add a decision element and connect it
with the decision that needs the result of the sub decision as input.

Create a multi instance decision

Multi instance decisions are sub decisions that provide input for other decisions. They are similar to a for-loop
in a computer program: They iterate decisions and expressions over a selected list. The list is contained within
the input data where the input data is either a list or a complex input data type.

 Example

Example:

Each position of the purchase agreement is validated to determine the validity of the entire agreement.

To create a multi instance decision, follow these steps:

1. Add a Multi Instance Decision element to your diagram and name it.
2. Add an Input Data element, which represents the list, and name the element.
3. In the attribute panel, define the input data element as a list in the Is list attribute.
4. Connect the two elements.
To do so, select the multi instance decision element and from its shortcut menu, drag the connector icon to
the input data element.

5. To specify the list over which the multi instance decision must iterate, click in the element.
The configuration dialog opens.

SAP Signavio Process Manager User Guide

150 PUBLIC Modeling notations
 You can also open this dialog via the Iteration attribute in the attribute panel.
6. Select your input data element as the input list.
7. Select the aggregation to specify what will happen with the result of the multi instance decision.
8. Confirm with Save.
In the multi instance decision, an input data element is added representing the values of the list.
Don't define this element as a list, otherwise the multi instance decision is set up incorrectly.
9. Define the internal logic of the multi instance decision.
To do so, add a decision and place it in the multi instance decision. Connect the decision with the input
data element that is also located in the multi instance decision.

 Example

Example:

Setting up the multi instance decision is complete.

Now, you can link it to the decision that needs the result of the multi instance decision as input.

 Example

Example:

SAP Signavio Process Manager User Guide

Modeling notations PUBLIC 151
Next steps

Define a decision logic [page 152]

Link DMN elements and diagrams [page 182]

11.3.2 Define a decision logic

Decision logic specifies the details of a decision. This means you define rules in form of a decision table or
literal expression to describe which combinations of data lead to certain results. In addition to the rules, you
must define what happens when inputs meet multiple or no rules. This is done by specifying a hit policy.

In this section, the options for defining a decision logic are explained.

To learn how to specify the hit policy and set the completeness requirement, read more in section Define a hit
policy and the completeness requirement [page 158].

SAP Signavio Process Manager User Guide

152 PUBLIC Modeling notations
Define a decision table

Decision logic can be presented as a table. A business rule that exists in your company is represented by a
decision rule in the decision table. All cells in a table row form a decision rule.

Table inputs are specified in columns. Each input has a specific data type. The output column shows the result
of the applied business rule. Like the inputs, each output also has a data type.

The decision rule then compares input data with the values in the cells.

Add rules to a decision table

To create decision rules, you must configure input data in the Inputs column and map them to output data in
the Output column.

Any input data modeled on the canvas is already available when you open decision table. You can add missing
input data by defining input columns in the table.

All input data defined via the table is added as input data elements to the canvas when the table is saved. You
also need to define decision rules and map the outputs.

To define input data and add decision rules, follow these steps:

1. Open the decision table. To do so, select the decision to which you want to add rules and click .
The decision logic configuration dialog opens.
You can also open this dialog via the Decision logic attribute in the attribute panel.
2. Configure the input data. To do so, follow these steps:
1. Double-click New Input in the column header, and enter a name for the input data.
If a dictionary entry exists, you can select it.

SAP Signavio Process Manager User Guide

Modeling notations PUBLIC 153
  Example

Example:

2. Below the input data name, double-click Text, select the type of the input data, and define its options.
If you have chosen a dictionary entry as data input, it depends on the entry's configuration whether
you need to specify the data type.
The following data types are available:
• Enumeration
• Text
• Number
• Boolean
• Hierarchy
• Date
3. In the same way, configure the output data in the Outputs column.
4. In the same way, you can configure the Annotations column to add information to the decision rules.
5. Define the first decision rule:
1. Double-click the left area of the first table cell. A list opens.
2. Select an operator to define the relation between the input and the output.
Read more on operators in section Decision table operators [page 155].
3. Double-click the right area of the same cell. Again, a list opens.
4. Select or enter an input value.
5. In the Outputs column, double-click the cell and enter an output value.
6. With the buttons at the top of the table, you can add more rules, input data, output data, and annotations.
7. To define more rules, you have the following options:
• You can continue defining rules cell by cell as described above.
• With Add rule > Duplicate rule, you can copy and paste existing rules.
• With Import/Export > Text Import, you can add text-based decision rules instead of defining the rules
cell by cell. Read more in section Import decision rules [page 156].
8. Select a hit policy for the decision table and specify the completeness requirement.

SAP Signavio Process Manager User Guide

154 PUBLIC Modeling notations
 In case of a multi hit policy, you can also select an aggregation. Read more in section Define a hit policy and
the completeness requirement [page 158].
9. With Verify, you can check the logic for completeness and consistency. Below the table, all combinations of
input values are displayed that aren't covered by a decision rule.
10. Confirm with Apply.
Your decision logic is set up.

Decision table operators

Operator Symbol Description

equal Returns true if the input value equals

the specified value.
For dates: on

not equal Returns true if the input value doesn't

equal the specified value.
For dates: not on

less Returns true if the input value is less

than the specified value.
For dates: before

less or equal Returns true if the input value is less

than or equals the specified value.
For dates: until

greater Returns true if the input value is

greater than the specified value.
For dates: after

greater or equal Returns true if the input value is

greater or equal than the specified
For dates: from value.

contains Returns true if the input value contains

the specified value.
For numbers: included

not contains Returns true if the input value doesn't

contain the specified value.
For numbers: not included

begins with Returns true if the input value begins

with the specified value.

ends with Returns true if the input value ends

with the specified value.

element of Returns true if the input value is also in

the list of the decision table.

not element of Returns true if the input value isn't in

the list of the decision table.

SAP Signavio Process Manager User Guide

Modeling notations PUBLIC 155
Operator Symbol Description

elements of and contains only Returns true if the input list contains
and only items the list in the decision table
contains as well.

contains any of Returns true if the input list contains

at least one item the list in the decision
table contains.

contains none of Returns true if the input list doesn't

contain any item the list in the decision
table contains.

valid Returns true if the input value is de-

fined (not empty) and valid. For exam-
ple, if you only consider numeric values
equal or greater than zero, all numeric
values less than zero and all non-nu-
meric values aren't valid.

not valid Returns true if the input value is de-

fined (not empty), but invalid. For ex-
ample, if you only consider numeric val-
ues equal or greater than zero, all nu-
meric values less than zero and all non-
numeric values are invalid.

defined Returns true if the input value is de-

fined (not empty).

not defined Returns true if the input value isn't de-

fined (empty).

Import decision rules to the decision table

Instead of defining the decision rules cell by cell, you can import text-based decision rules into the table.
The columns still need to be configured as described above. The individual rules can be in the form of a list,
separated by the delimiters tab, semicolon, or comma.

The import function doesn't overwrite or delete existing rules. Imported rules are always added.

Text-based rules must have the following structure:

• Relational operators like = and <= must be part of the field they relate to.
• For each rule, you need to start a new line.
• The import only supports the following literal expressions:
• not(value)
• not(value1, ..., valueN)
• !=value

To add text-based decision rules, follow these steps:

1. Open the decision table and click Import/Export > Text Import in the top-right corner.
The text import dialog opens.

SAP Signavio Process Manager User Guide

156 PUBLIC Modeling notations
 2. Select a delimiter.
3. Either enter the decision rules or copy them, for example from a text file or spreadsheet, to the editor field.
4. Click Import.
The rules are added to the table. You can add more by opening the text import dialog again.

 Example

Example:

Define a literal expression

As an alternative to the logic in the decision table, you can define logic via a literal expression.

 Caution

If a literal expression is defined, it supersedes the decision logic in the decision table.

Literal expressions represent predefined logical algorithms or rules that can be used to automatically create
output results for decisions, often but not necessarily in a formal expression language. You can use literal
expressions to add logic that can't be expressed in the decision table, for example, function calls, interim
values, or list manipulation.

SAP Signavio Process Manager User Guide

Modeling notations PUBLIC 157
Literal expressions are written in FEEL, the 'friendly enough expression language' specified as part of the DMN
standard. You can download the specification along with examples for literal expression use cases at https://
www.omg.org/spec/DMN/1.1/ .

To define a literal expression, follow these steps:

1. Select a decision and click .

The decision logic editor opens.
2. Select the Expression tab on the left side and add the literal expression.
3. Confirm with Apply.

Read more about literal expressions in section Using advanced literal expressions (functions in DMN decision
elements) [page 164].

Define an informal expression

If decision logic can't be expressed formally, you can describe it with natural language. The description doesn't
have to be formal or executable.

To define an informal expression, follow these steps:

1. Select a decision and click .

The decision logic editor opens.
2. Select the Informal expression tab on the left side and add the description of the decision.
3. Select the data type of the decision logic via the Value domain list in the upper right corner.
4. Confirm with Apply.

Next steps

Link the logic of another decision [page 182]

Reuse decision logic via business knowledge models [page 182]

Create dictionary entries for input or output data in decisions [page 184]

11.3.3 Define a hit policy and the completeness requirement

With the hit policy, you define how your decision table manages inputs that are handled by several rules and
inputs for which no rules are defined. There are two types:

• Single hit policies produce one result per input. Here, only one rule is applied at a time, even if several rules
exist.
• Multi hit policies produce an array of outputs. Here, all applicable rules are considered regardless of their
position in the table. The resulting output can be a list or aggregated to a single value.

SAP Signavio Process Manager User Guide

158 PUBLIC Modeling notations
With the completeness requirement, you define whether your decision table is only valid if its rules consider all
possible inputs. This means, a table is only valid if the modeler added rules for all input data. When checking
the decision table with Verify, the completeness is checked as well.

Unique (single) is the default hit policy. Read more in section Hit policy types [page 160].

To select another hit policy for a decision table, follow these steps:

1. In a DMN diagram, click in the decision element.

The decision table opens.
2. Click the letter in the upper left corner.
The configuration dialog opens.

 Example

Example:

3. Select the hit policy. Find details on each hit policy type below.
4. In case of a multi hit policy, select the aggregation:
• Collect (multiple)
• Sum
• Minimum
• Maximum
• Count

SAP Signavio Process Manager User Guide

Modeling notations PUBLIC 159
5. Select the completeness requirement:
• Complete: A complete decision table is only valid if it considers all possible inputs.
• Incomplete: An incomplete decision table is valid even if it doesn't consider all possible inputs.
6. Confirm with Save.
The hit policy and completeness is set.

Hit policy types

Unique (single)

One input combination is covered by exactly one rule. It's assumed that all inputs are independent of each
other, so any combination is possible. Overlapping rules are not allowed.

Unique (single) is the default hit policy. In the decision table, it's indicated with the letter U.

 Example

Example:

Depending on the current season, a retailer decides which product group to offer at a reduced price. Only
one product group can be offered, since only one season exists at the same time.

Input Output

Season Product group

Spring garden equipment

Summer beverages

Autumn clothes

Winter food

Any (single)

Multiple rules cover the same combination of input values. This overlap is only allowed if the rules also lead to
the same result.

In the decision table, this hit policy is indicated with the letter A.

 Example

Example:

If a credit applicant is younger than 18 years old and is already in debt, the application is rejected.
Otherwise the credit applicant gets a credit.

SAP Signavio Process Manager User Guide

160 PUBLIC Modeling notations
 Input Output

Age Debt Result

< 18 yes rejected

- no approved

>= 18 - approved

Priority (single)

Multiple rules can apply for one input value. The results are ordered according to their priority. The result with
the highest priority is returned.

In the decision table, this hit policy is indicated with the letter P.

 Example

Example:

In a decision table, the logic determines at what age customers get certain discount vouchers. Customers
aged 18 or over get vouchers for sports equipment, and all customers older than 3 vouchers for toys. Both
rules apply to a 30-year-old customer. As the sports equipment has a higher priority, the customer gets a
voucher for this. Consequently, the output list is [sports equipment, toys, clothing].

Input Output

Age Voucher for

> 18 Sports equipment

>3 Toys

- Clothing

First (single)

Overlapping rules are allowed, but only the first applicable rule is used. As the rules are evaluated from top to
bottom, you must sort the rules in the table.

In the decision table, this hit policy is indicated with the letter F.

 Example

Example:

In a decision table, the logic determines at what age customers get certain discount vouchers. Customers
aged 18 or over get vouchers for clothing, and all customers older than 3 vouchers for sports equipment.
Both rules apply to a 30-year-old customer. As the rule for 18-year-old customers is at the top of the
decision table, this rule serves as the basis for the decision. The customer receives a voucher for clothing.

SAP Signavio Process Manager User Guide

Modeling notations PUBLIC 161
 Input Output

Age Voucher for

> 18 Clothing

>3 Sports equipment

- Toys

Collect (multiple)

By default, the collect hit policy collects the outputs of matching rules, but can be configured to determine the
sum, minimum, maximum, or count of matching outputs instead.

In the decision table, this hit policy is indicated with the letter C.

 Example

Example:

An online shop adds a discount coupon to specific orders. The discount depends on the total sum of an
order. In the decision table below, the outcome differs depending on the aggregation set for the hit policy.
Given a 250$ purchase order, the following applies:

• Without aggregation set, the hit policy returns two coupons (5% and 25% discount) in no particular
order.
• With aggregation set to sum, the hit policy returns one coupon with 30% discount.
• With aggregation set to maximum, the hit policy returns one coupon with 25% discount.
• With aggregation set to minimum, the hit policy returns one coupon with 0% discount and disappoints
the customer in this scenario.
• With aggregation set to count, the hit policy returns 2, which doesn't provide any relevant information
in this scenario.

Input Output

Total order sum Discount coupon

<= 50$ 0%

> 50$ 5%

> 200$ 25%

Output order (multiple)

Results are ordered by the priority of the output values.

In the decision table, this hit policy is indicated with the letter O.

SAP Signavio Process Manager User Guide

162 PUBLIC Modeling notations
  Example

Example:

An online shop adds small gifts to orders. The gifts a customer receives depend on the total order sum. If
the order sum is 50$ or lower, the customer receives a discount coupon. If the order sum exceeds 50$, the
customer receives a small pack of high-quality coffee in addition to the coupon.

With an output order hit policy, for the total order sum of 250$ the table below will return the result
[Coffee, Discount coupon], sorted according to the order of the specified output list.

Input Output

Total order sum Gift = [Coffee, Discount coupon]

- Discount coupon

> 50$ Coffee

Rule order (multiple)

Results are ordered by the order of matching rules.

In the decision table, this hit policy is indicated with the letter R.

 Example

Example:

An online shop adds small gifts to orders. The gifts a customer receives depend on the total order sum. If
the order sum is 50$ or lower, the customer receives a discount coupon. If the order sum exceeds 50$, the
customer receives a small pack of high-quality coffee in addition to the coupon.

When applying a rule order hit policy, an input of 250$ will return the result [Discount coupon,
Coffee], sorted according to the order of the applying rules.

Input Output

Total order sum Gift = [Coffee, Discount coupon]

- Discount coupon

> 50$ Coffee

Next steps

Define a decision logic [page 152]

DMN simulation [page 198]

SAP Signavio Process Manager User Guide

Modeling notations PUBLIC 163
11.3.4 Using advanced literal expressions (functions in DMN
decision elements)

In case you have modeled your first DMN diagram, you are already familiar with DMN expressions for decision
logic, e.g. in the form of a simple smaller than statement. These expressions are explained in the chapter Model
a decision [page 142].

You might remember that you selected the corresponding operator from a drop-down list in the Decision Table
Editor.

In many cases, these basic operators are not sufficient.

A simple example is determining a discount based on the total value of a list of purchased objects.

To determine the sum, we need to use SAP Signavio's advanced literal expressions. The expressions are
based on FEEL, the friendly enough expression language specified as part of the DMN standard, which you can
download as PDF at https://www.omg.org/spec/DMN/1.0/PDF .

The single commands can be used in combination, like in the following example:

Product((1 - DiscountRate) * Sum(ListOfItemPrices))

In the example, we calculate the total purchase sum of a list of items, considering a discount. The variables
used here correspond to the data types defined in Input Data element's attributes and can be set when
simulating the DMN diagram.

The documentation of all available expressions can be found at Documentation of all literal expressions [page
168] .

SAP Signavio Process Manager User Guide

164 PUBLIC Modeling notations
Of course, you can also use standard operators ( +, -, *, /, and, or) within literal expressions.

Consequently, the example above can be expressed more concisely:

(1 - DiscountRate) * Sum(ListOfItemPrices)

Using literal expressions in Decision Tables

In our example, we want to determine - as already mentioned above - a discount based on the total value of all
purchased items.

First, create the Purchased items Data Input element. The input should be a list of numbers of the type
currency.

Now create a Decision, connect it to the data input and label it Determine discount. Click the table icon in the
upper left corner of the Decision element to open the Decision Table Editor.

Create a Decision, reference the Data Input element and open the decision table editor.

To activate the literal expression input, click the header and delete the input reference in the table:

Delete the input reference to be able to insert a literal expression.

SAP Signavio Process Manager User Guide

Modeling notations PUBLIC 165
Type in =. An overview over available variables and functions is displayed:

After inserting an initial '=' sign, available variables and functions are displayed.

Suggestions appear as you type. Type in Sum and select the Sum function. Then, insert the variable
PurchasedItems as a parameter of Sum:

Insert the literal expression 'Sum(PurchasedItems)'.

Now, the decision logic's Input Data is the sum of all purchased items. You can define the decision logic as
usual.

SAP Signavio Process Manager User Guide

166 PUBLIC Modeling notations
Mind the first hit policy in our example:

Decision logic for determining a discount based on the total sum of purchased items

Using literal expressions instead of Decision Tables

You can also use literal expressions instead of Decision Tables.

For example, you can split a decision into two daisy-chained elements, one with a decision table and another
one with literal expression logic.

'Calculate total sum' and 'Determine discount' as two separate Decision elements.

• The first element calculates the total sum of purchased items.

• The second element determines the discount based on the total sum.

We can model the first decision without using a decision table.

SAP Signavio Process Manager User Guide

Modeling notations PUBLIC 167
Open the decision table editor and switch to the Literal expressions tab. There, insert the literal expression to
calculate the sum of items:

Open the 'Literal expression tab' and insert the literal expression.

Now, the decision element returns the sum of items as a Data Output and can be referenced by the following
Decision element.

If we create complex literal expressions, we can define variables - so called boxed contexts and reference them
in our decision function:

Manage complex expressions with boxed contexts.

This improves the readability of our literal expressions.

 Caution

If a literal expression is defined, it supersedes the decision logic in the decision table.

Documentation of all literal expressions

This section lists all available literal expressions, grouped by operation type.

SAP Signavio Process Manager User Guide

168 PUBLIC Modeling notations
Arithmetic operations

Abs

Abs(number):NUMERIC

Returns the absolute value of a number.

Example: Abs(-5) returns 5.

Count

Count([num1 ,num2, num3]):NUMERIC

Returns the number of elements of the given list.

Example: Count(["item1", "item2", "item3"]) returns 3.

Round

Round(number,digits):NUMERIC

Returns a number rounded to the corresponding number of digits.

Example: Round(3.44,1) returns 3.4.

Ceiling

Ceiling(number):NUMERIC

Returns a number rounded up to the next integer.

Example: Ceiling(1.3) returns 2.

Floor

Floor(number):NUMERIC

Returns a number rounded down to the next integer.

Example: Floor(1.6) returns 1.

SAP Signavio Process Manager User Guide

Modeling notations PUBLIC 169
Integer

Integer(number): NUMERIC

Returns the integer part of a number.

Example: Integer(1.34) returns 1.

Modulo

Modulo(divident, divisor):NUMERIC

Returns the remainder of the divident divided by the divisor.

Example: Modulo(4, 3) returns 1.

Percent

Percent(number):NUMERIC

Returns the number divided by 100.

Example: Percent(10) returns 0.1.

Power

Power(base, exponent):NUMERIC

Returns the base raised to the power of the exponent.

Example: Power(2, 3) returns 8.

Product

Product([factor1, factor2, factor3]):NUMERIC

Returns the product of a list of factors.

Example: Product([2, 3, 4]) returns 24.

SAP Signavio Process Manager User Guide

170 PUBLIC Modeling notations
RoundDown

RoundDown(number, digits):NUMERIC

Returns a number rounded down to the corresponding number of digits.

Example: RoundDown(1.3674, 2) returns 1.36.

RoundUp

RoundUp(number, digits):NUMERIC

Returns a number rounded up to the corresponding number of digits.

Example: Abs(1.344, 2) returns 1.35.

Sum

Sum([number1, number2, number3]):NUMERIC

Returns the sum of a list of values.

Example: Sum([1, 2, 3, 4, 5]) returns 15.

Date & time operations

Day

Day(datetime):NUMERIC

Returns the day part of a datetime.

Example: Day(2015-12-24T12:15:00.000+01:00) returns 24.

DayAdd

DayAdd(datetime, days to add):DATE

Returns the date plus the provided number of days.

Example: DayAdd(2015-12-24T12:15:00.000+01:00, 1) returns 2015-12-25T12:15:00.000+01:00.

SAP Signavio Process Manager User Guide

Modeling notations PUBLIC 171
DayDiff

DayDiff(datetime1, datetime2):NUMERIC

Returns the amount of full days between two dates.

Example: DayDiff(2015-12-24T12:15:00.000+01:00, 2015-12-25T12:15:00.000+01:00) returns

1.

Date

Date(year, month, day):DATE

Returns a date using the standard parameters of a date: year, month, day

Example: Date(2015, 12, 25) returns 2015-12-25.

DateTime

DateTime(day, month, year, hour, minute, second, hourOffsett):DATE

Returns the dateTime using the standard parameters of a data time. The last parameter 'hourOffset' is
optional.

Example: DateTime(25, 12, 2015, 12, 15, 0, 1) returns 2015-12-24T12:15:00.000+01:00.

Hour

Hour(datetime):NUMERIC

Returns the hour part of a datetime.

Example: Hour(2015-12-24T12:15:00.000+01:00) returns 12.

HourDiff

Hour(time):NUMERIC

Returns the amount of full hours between two dates.

Example: HourDiff(2015-12-24T12:15:00.000+01:00, 2015-12-24T14:15:00.000+01:00) returns

2.

SAP Signavio Process Manager User Guide

172 PUBLIC Modeling notations
Minute

Minute(time):NUMERIC

Returns the minute part of a datetime.

Example: Minute(2015-12-24T12:15:00.000+01:00) returns 15.

MinutesDiff

MinutesDiff(datetimes1, date2times):NUMERIC

Returns the amount of full minutes between two dates.

Example: MinutesDiff(2015-12-24T12:15:00.000+01:00, 2015-12-24T13:15:00.000+01:00)

returns 60.

Month

Month(datetime):NUMERIC

Returns the month part of a datetime.

Example: Month(2015-12-24T12:15:00.000+01:00) returns 12.

MonthAdd

MonthAdd(datetime, months_to_add):DATE

Returns the datetime plus the number of months.

Example: MonthAdd(2015-10-10T12:15:00.000+01:00, 1) returns

2015-11-10T12:15:00.000+01:00.

MonthDiff

MonthDiff(datetime1, datetime2):NUMERIC

Returns the amount of full months between two dates.

Example: MonthDiff(2015-10-10T12:15:00.000+01:00, 2015-11-10T12:15:00.000+01:00)

returns 1.

SAP Signavio Process Manager User Guide

Modeling notations PUBLIC 173
Now

Now():DATE

Returns current datetime.

Example: Now() could have returned 2015-11-10T12:15:00.000+01:00.

Today

Today():DATE

Returns the current date.

Example : Today() could have returned 2015-11-10.

Weekday

Weekday(datetime):NUMERIC

Returns a number (1 to 7) representing the day of the week.

Example: weekday(2016-02-09T12:15:00.000+01:00) returns 3.

Year

Year(datetime):NUMERIC

Returns the year part of a datetime.

Example: Year(2016-02-09T12:15:00.000+01:00) returns 2016.

YearAdd

YearAdd(datetime, years_to_add):DATE

Returns the datetime plus the number of years.

Example: YearAdd(2016-02-09T12:15:00.000+01:00, 1) returns

2017-02-09T12:15:00.000+01:00.

SAP Signavio Process Manager User Guide

174 PUBLIC Modeling notations
YearDiff

YearDiff(datetime1, datetime2):NUMERIC

Returns the amount of full years between two dates.

Example: YearDiff(2016-02-09T12:15:00.000+01:00, 2017-02-09T12:15:00.000+01:00) returns

1.

List operations

Append

Append(list, element): LIST

Adds the element to a copy of the provided list. Returns the manipulated copy.

Example : Append([2.5, 5.8, 4.3], 6.7) returns [2.5, 5.8, 4.3, 6.7].

AppendAll

AppendAll(list1, list2): LIST

Adds all elements from the second provided list to a copy of the first one. Returns the manipulated copy.

Example: AppendAll([2.5, 5.8, 4.3], [2.1, 3.5, 7.4]) returns [2.5, 5.8, 4.3, 2.1, 3.5,
7.4].

Zip

Zip(attributes, values1, ..., valuesN): LIST

Assembles a list of objects out of a list of attributes and multiple lists of values. : Zip(["id", "value"],
[23a3e98, c45da1b], [40, 120]) returns [{id: 23a3e98, value: 40},{ id: c45da1b, value:
120}].

 Caution

Before version 10.11.0 of the Decision Manager, the values were passed to the function as a list of lists, for
example:

Zip(["id", "value"], [[23a3e98, c45da1b], [40, 120]])

Literal expressions that used the old Zip function have been automatically transformed to the new syntax.

SAP Signavio Process Manager User Guide

Modeling notations PUBLIC 175
NotContainsAny

NotContainsAny(list1, list2): BOOLEAN

Determines whether list1 contains any element of list2.

Example : NotContainsAny(["item1", "item2"], ["item2", "item3"]) returns false.

ContainsOnly

ContainsOnly(list1, list2): BOOLEAN

Determines whether list1 contains only elements of list2.

Example: ContainsOnly(["item1", "item2"], ["item2", "item3"]) returns false.

AreElementsOf

AreElementsOf(list1, list2): BOOLEAN

Determines whether list2 contains all elements of list1.

Example: AreElementsOf(["item2, item3"], ["item1", "item2", "item3"]) returns true.

Remove

This expression is available only in the Literal Expressions Editor (not in the Decision Table Editor).

Remove(list, element): LIST

Removes the specified element from the specified list.

Example: Remove(["item1", "item2"], "item1") returns ["item2"].

RemoveAll

This expression is available only in the Literal Expressions Editor (not in the Decision Table Editor).

RemoveAll(list1, list2): LIST

Removes all elements of list2 from list1.

Example: Remove(["item1", "item2", "item3"], ["item1", "item2"]) returns ["item3"].

SAP Signavio Process Manager User Guide

176 PUBLIC Modeling notations
Statistical operations

Avg

Avg([number1, number2, number3]):NUMERIC

Returns the average of the values of the given list.

Example: Avg([3,5]) returns 4.

Max

Max([number1, number2, number3]):NUMERIC

Returns the maximum value of the given list.

Example: Max([5, 4, 10]) returns 10.

Median

Median([number1, number2, number3]):NUMERIC

Returns the median value of the given list.

Example: Median([2, 5, 10, 12, 34, 35]) returns 11.

Min

Min([number1, number2, number3]):NUMERIC

Returns the minimum value of the given list.

Example : Min([5, 4, 10]) returns 4.

Mode

Mode([number1, number2, number3]):NUMERIC

Returns the most frequently occurring value of the given list. Returns the first (most left) most frequent value,
if several values occur most frequently (e.g. two values appear each two times).

Example: Mode([1, 2, 4, 4, 5, 6]) returns 4.

SAP Signavio Process Manager User Guide

Modeling notations PUBLIC 177
Text handling

Concat

Concat([text1, text2, text3]):TEXT

Returns the concatenation of the given list of text values.

Example: Concat(["Hello ", "World", "!"]) returns "Hello World!".

IsAlpha

IsAlpha(text):BOOLEAN

Determines whether the text contains only alphabetic characters (A-Z, a-z). Umlauts and similar characters
(e.g.Ä, Å ß) must not be included.

Example: IsAlpha("abcdefg5") returns false.

IsAlphanumeric

IsAlphanumeric(text):BOOLEAN

Determines whether the text contains only alphanumeric characters (A-Z, a-z, 0-9). Umlauts and similar
characters (e.g. Ä, Å ß) must not be included.

Example: isAlphanumeric("abcdefg5") returns true.

IsNumeric

IsNumeric(text):BOOLEAN

Determines whether the text is a valid number containing only plus or minus sign, digits, commas, and decimal
points.

Example: IsNumeric("2.3.5") returns false

IsSpaces

IsSpaces(text):BOOLEAN

Determines whether the text contains only spaces.

Example: IsSpaces(" ") returns true.

SAP Signavio Process Manager User Guide

178 PUBLIC Modeling notations
Len

Len(text):NUMERIC

Returns the number of characters in a text string.

Example : Len("five") returns 4.

Lower

Lower(text):TEXT

Returns the text string with all letters converted to lowercase.

Example: Lower("UPPER") returns upper.

Trim

Trim(text):TEXT

Returns the text string with all spaces removed except single spaces between words.

Example: Trim("Hello World! ") returns "Hello World!".

Upper

Upper(text):TEXT

Returns the text string with all letters converted to uppercase.

Example: Upper("lower") returns "LOWER".

Number

Number(text):NUMERIC

Returns the numerical value represented in the text string. Only a period (.) is allowed as a separator.

Example: Number("5") returns 5.

SAP Signavio Process Manager User Guide

Modeling notations PUBLIC 179
Number

Number(text, default_value):NUMERIC

Returns the numerical value represented in the text string. Only a period (.) is allowed as a separator. Returns
default_value if unable to convert text into number.

Example: Number("5,5", 10) returns 10 (Number("5.5", 10) returns 5.5).

Mid

Mid(text, start, num_chars):TEXT

Returns the character sequence of the length num_chars from the corresponding starting position of a text
string.

Example: Mid("Hello World!", 6, 5) returns "World".

Left

Left(text, num_chars):TEXT

Returns the character sequence of the length num_chars from the start of a text string.

Example: Left("Hello World!", 5) returns "Hello".

Right

Right(text, num_chars):TEXT

Returns the character sequence of the length num_chars from the end of a text string.

Example: Right("Hello World!", 7) returns "World!".

Text

Text(num, format_text):TEXT

Returns a numeric value as a text string in a specific format. The format is specified by the placeholders # and
0 and a decimal point..

Example: Text(1, "#.000") returns "1.000".

SAP Signavio Process Manager User Guide

180 PUBLIC Modeling notations
TextOccurrences

TextOccurrences(find_text, within_text):NUMERIC

Returns the number of occurrences of find_text within within_text.

Example: TextOccurrences("can", "Can you can a can as a canner can can a can?") returns
6.

Contains

Contains(text, substring): BOOLEAN

Determines whether text contains the substring.

Example: Contains("Hello World!", "o World") returns true.

StartsWith

StartsWith(text, prefix): BOOLEAN

Determines whether text starts with the prefix.

Example: StartsWith("Hello World!", "Hello") returns true.

EndsWith

EndsWith(text, suffix): BOOLEAN

Determines whether text ends with the suffix.

Example: endsWith("Hello World!", "!") returns true.

Logical operators

Not

Not(boolean): BOOLEAN

Negates the input boolean.

Example: Not(true) returns false.

SAP Signavio Process Manager User Guide

Modeling notations PUBLIC 181
11.3.5 Link DMN elements and diagrams

Link a DMN diagram to a BPMN diagram

You can link DMN and BPMN diagrams so that processes can be viewed separately from decisions, with the
advantage that the process is streamlined and the decision is traceable.

Follow these steps:

1. Open your BPMN diagram and select the task to which you want to link the decision diagram.
2. In the attribute panel, set the Task type attribute to Business rule.

3. In the task element, click .

The configuration dialog to create a link opens.
You can also open this dialog via the Decision reference attribute in the attribute panel.
4. You can either create a new DMN diagram or link an existing one.
5. Confirm with Link diagram.

The DMN diagram is linked. To open a preview of it, click in the business rule task again.

Once the BPMN process is published to SAP Signavio Process Collaboration Hub, users can open the decision
diagram in via the BPMN process. With Run decision, they can then add data to the rules defined in the decision
diagram and determine the result of the decision. For more on simulation, read DMN simulation [page 198].

Link the logic of another decision

Instead of adding decision rules to a decision of a DMN diagram, you can integrate the decision logic from
another DMN diagram.

To link a decision of another DMN diagram, follow these steps:

1. Open the decision table and click Link on the left side of the dialog.
The configuration dialog to create a link opens.
2. Navigate to the DMN diagram and select the decision you want to link.
3. Confirm with Link diagram.
The decision of the DMN diagram is linked.

 Caution

In an older version of the decision logic editor, you were able to link a diagram without selecting a decision.
Such a link is incomplete and can't be read out by the simulation and test lab features. If you find such a
link, always edit it so that it links the decision.

SAP Signavio Process Manager User Guide

182 PUBLIC Modeling notations
Reuse decision logic via business knowledge models

If you want to run a decision multiple times with different data input, you can link it to a business knowledge
model. If you then link the business knowledge model to other decisions, they can reuse the logic of the linked
decision. This is called a boxed invocation.

Boxed invocations provide decision logic and input type information as a generic function, whereas decisions
directly linked to other decisions provide not only the input data types, but the specific input data objects.

In the following example, an insurance premium is calculated based on the applicant's and their spouse's risk
level. For each person, the same decision logic determines a different risk level. A link via a business knowledge
model allows calling the linked decision model with different data inputs. In contrast, a direct link to a decision
diagram will fail to distinguish between the two data sources.

To link a decision to a business knowledge model, click in the business knowledge model and select the
decision you want to link from the configuration dialog.

To reuse the logic of the decision linked to the business knowledge model, follow these steps:

1. Open the decision table and select the Invocation tab on the left side.
2. Map the linked and the invoked decision's input data.
3. Confirm with Apply.
The boxed invocation is set up.

You can find more information on boxed invocation in the DMN specification at https://www.omg.org/
spec/DMN/1.1/ .

Next steps

Define a decision logic [page 152]

Set BPMN attributes [page 111]

SAP Signavio Process Manager User Guide

Modeling notations PUBLIC 183
Compare DMN diagrams and revisions [page 200]

11.3.6 Create dictionary entries for input or output data in

decisions

How to create dictionary entries that modeling users can use as input or output data in decisions of DMN
diagrams.

 Caution

A workspace administrator needs to set up a dictionary category of which the entries can be used for DMN
modeling.

To create a dictionary entry for input or output data in decisions, create an entry in the dictionary as usual.
Read more in section Create new dictionary entries [page 88].

You need to create the entry in a dictionary category that is activated for DMN modeling.

You can tell if a category is activated for DMN modeling when its entries have the following settings:

Setting Description

Technical name If the dictionary entry is used as a data object for input or
output data, you can add a domain-specific export name.

This name is used when exporting a DMN diagram as XML

or Drools rules. Read more in the sections Export a DMN
diagram as XML [page 332] and Exporting DMN diagrams as
drools rules [page 333].

 Note
If the technical name and the class name are set, only
the class name is exported.

Class name If the dictionary entry is used as a data definition, you can
add a java source reference.

This name is used when exporting a DMN diagram as Drools

rules. Read more in section Exporting DMN diagrams as
drools rules [page 333].

 Note
If the technical name and the class name are set, only
the class name is exported.

SAP Signavio Process Manager User Guide

184 PUBLIC Modeling notations
 Setting Description

Type definition You can specify the data type, the following options are avail-
able:

• Not specified – Modeling users specify the data type in

the decision table.
• Simple Type – Select a type:
• Enumeration
• Text
• Number
• Boolean
• Hierarchy
• Date
• Complex Type – Link one or more dictionary entries and
add simple data types.

 Example

Example:

SAP Signavio Process Manager User Guide

Modeling notations PUBLIC 185
Next steps

Define a decision logic [page 152]

11.3.7 The DMN Test lab

With the DMN Test lab, you define and run test cases in order to check whether a DMN diagram fulfills certain
requirements. For example, you can ensure that diagrams still comply with the initial decision logic after
being extended, and you can control the correctness of specific input combinations and outputs in complex
diagrams.

The DMN Test lab

Create test cases

To open the Test lab, select the diagram you want to test in the explorer and click Edit > Test DMN diagram.

To create a new test case, follow these steps:

1. Click '#' on the left of the test cases table.

SAP Signavio Process Manager User Guide

186 PUBLIC Modeling notations
 2. Click one of the test case's columns to define all its values. A drop-down dialog opens and you can enter
the necessary information. Then, click Apply.

Specify the input data of your test case.

3. Click the column that shows the calculated value in red in the Result column on the right and specify the
expected output value(s).
Specify the expected output value(s)

After you have created all necessary cases, you can save them by clicking the Save button.

 Note

To delete a test case, it must be saved first. To do so, click onto the number of the saved test case(s) you
would like to remove, then click Save.

Each test case is automatically executed as soon as a parameter is changed.

In the following simple case, we want to determine a discount. The only input parameter here is the purchase
value. In the first test case, no value is given for the expected result as indicated by the red X on the left in the
result column. In the second case, the actual discount corresponds with the expected result as indicated by the
green check mark icon. In the third case, the expected result is different from the actual result, as indicated,
again, by the red X.

Undefined, passing and failing test cases

SAP Signavio Process Manager User Guide

Modeling notations PUBLIC 187
Inspecting test cases in the simulation tool

Often, you want to find out why a test case is producing a certain output. With the DMN simulation [page 198]
you can inspect a decision's behavior, for example to see exactly which rules fire for your input data set. To
open the simulation tool, select a test case and click Inspect in Simulation:

Open a test case in the simulation tool.

Then, the simulation tool applies the input data of your test case automatically.

Import and export test cases

To keep test cases when exchanging diagrams between SAP Signavio workspaces or using the test cases in
other tools, you can export and import the test cases as JSON files.

 Caution

You need to save test cases to be able to export them.

To export test cases for a diagram, open the Test lab and click Export Test Cases. The file is saved to your
browser's download folder. By default, the file is named after the diagram.

To import test cases, follow these steps:

1. Open the Test lab and click Import.

2. Select the JSON file you want to import and click Open.
The test cases are imported and added to the test cases you have already created.

Import test cases from third-party tools

You can import test cases created in other software tools. To do this, you must convert the test cases into the
format supported by the Test lab. We recommend creating a template JSON file for test cases and adding the
existing test cases to it.

SAP Signavio Process Manager User Guide

188 PUBLIC Modeling notations
To create a template, add your test cases, and import the test cases, follow these steps:

1. Open the Test lab and create a test case as described in section Create test cases [page 186].
2. To get a format template for a test case, enter one example for inputs and expected outputs.
3. To get the IDs of the values, enter examples for enumerations and attributes of complex data types.
4. To export the template file, click Export Test Cases.
The file is saved to your browser's download folder.
5. Open the template file in any editor and add your test cases to the testCases section.

 Caution

Before you start customizing the template file, we recommend creating a copy as backup.

Read more on the file structure in section Structure of a test cases file [page 189].
6. Save your changes in the file and return to the Test lab.
7. To import the file with your test cases, click Import.
8. Select the file and click Open.
Your test cases are imported and added to the test cases you have already created.

Structure of a test cases file

A test cases file is structured as follows:

{
"inputParameterDefinitions": [
{
"id": "DIAGRAM_ID/SHAPE_ID",
"shapeId": "SHAPE_ID",
"diagramId": "DIAGRAM_ID",
"modelName": "MODEL_NAME",
"requirementName": "INPUT_DATA_NAME"
},
...
],
"outputParameterDefinitions": [
{
"id": "DIAGRAM_ID/SHAPE_ID",
"shapeId": "SHAPE_ID",
"diagramId": "DIAGRAM_ID",
"modelName": "MODEL_NAME",
"requirementName": "TOP_LEVEL_DECISION_NAME"
},
...
],
"testCases": [
{
"inputValues": [
{
"type": "number|string|date|time|datetime|boolean|complex|
enumeration|hierarchy|list",
"value": "INPUT_VALUE"
},
...
],
"expectedValues": [
{
"type": "number|string|date|time|datetime|boolean|complex|
enumeration|hierarchy|list",

SAP Signavio Process Manager User Guide

Modeling notations PUBLIC 189
 "value": "OUTPUT_VALUE"
}
]
},
{
<ANOTHER TEST CASE>
},
{
<ANOTHER TEST CASE>
},
...
]
}

 Caution

For convenience, the Test lab export adds name elements, for example name, modelName, and
requirementName, to add context to the exported file. The name elements aren't imported. However,
you must not change any name element, otherwise the import will fail.

Besides these name elements, all elements in the test cases file are required, otherwise the import will fail.

Definition of input and output parameters

Element Description Type

• inputParameterDefinitions Top level Array of definition ob-

jects for input or out-
• outputParameterDefinitions
put parameters

id Specifies the ID of the String

parameter definition

The ID is composed of
the diagram ID and the
shape ID as follows:
diagramID/shapeID

shapeId Specifies the ID of the String

shape

To find the shape

ID, open the DMN di-
agram in the editor
and expand the attrib-
utes panel. Under More
Attributes, the shape
ID is listed as Element
ID.

SAP Signavio Process Manager User Guide

190 PUBLIC Modeling notations
 Element Description Type

diagramId Specifies the ID of the String

DMN diagram

The diagram ID is part

of the URL when open-
ing the DMN diagram
in the editor, for exam-
ple
id=343056b7ce1947
85b04efab05cfa92a
9 from the URL
https://
<your_workspace>.
signavio.com/p/
editor?
id=343056b7ce1947
85b04efab05cfa92a
9.

modelName Specifies the title of String

the diagram as speci-

fied in the editor

This element is ignored

during import.

requirementName For inputParameterDe- String

finitions: Specifies the
shape name of an in-
put data element.

For outputParameter-
Definitions: Specifies
the shape name of the
top-level decision ele-
ment.

This element is ignored

during import.

List of test cases

Element Description Type

testCases Top level Test cases object

SAP Signavio Process Manager User Guide

Modeling notations PUBLIC 191
Element Description Type

inputValues Specifies the input Array of input value

objects, read more in
data
section Objects for in-
inputValues is put and output values
bound to the input [page 192]

data via the section

inputParameterDef
initions. The order
defines the binding:
the first element in
inputValues is
passed as value to the
input data correspond-
ing to the first element
in
inputParameterDef
initions.

expectedValues Specifies the expected Array of output value

objects, read more in
output data
section Objects for in-
expectedValues is put and output values
bound to the decision [page 192]

output via the section

outputParameterDe
finitions. The order
defines the binding:
the first element in
expectedValues is
passed as value to the
output data corre-
sponding to the first el-
ement in
outputParameterDe
finitions.

Objects for input and output values

Element Description Type Notes

• inputValues Top level Array of input or

output value ob-
• expectedValues
jects

SAP Signavio Process Manager User Guide

192 PUBLIC Modeling notations
 Element Description Type Notes

type Specifies the data String Valid values:

type of the input or
output value • number
• string
• date
• time
• datetime
• boolean
• complex
• enumeration
• hierarchy
• list

SAP Signavio Process Manager User Guide

Modeling notations PUBLIC 193
Element Description Type Notes

value Specifies the ac- String The data types

tual input or out-
"number", "string",
put value
and "boolean" cor-
respond to stand-
ard JSON data
types.

Values of type
"date" must be
represented as
ISO formatted
strings, for exam-
ple "2015-12-31".

Values of type
"time" must be
represented as ISO
formatted string,
for example
"T23:59:59Z" or
"T23:59:59-02:00"
.

Values of type "da-

tetime" must be
represented as ISO
formatted string,
for example
"2015-12-31T23:59
:00-02:00".

For values of type

"list", read more in
section List value
[page 195]. Nest-
ing lists is not sup-
ported.

For values of
type "complex",
read more in sec-
tion Complex value
[page 195].

For values of
type "enumera-
tion", read more
in section Enumer-
ation value [page
197].

SAP Signavio Process Manager User Guide

194 PUBLIC Modeling notations
 Element Description Type Notes

For values of type

"hierarchy", read
more in section
Hierarchy value
[page 197].

List value

JSON example:

{
"type" : "list",
"value" : [ {
"type" : "number|string|date|time|datetime|boolean|complex|enumeration|
hierarchy",
"value" : "INPUT_VALUE"
}, {
"type" : "number",
"value" : "INPUT_VALUE"
}, {
...
} ]
}

Element Description Type

type Specifies the data type String

of a value.

Value must be "list".

value Specifies the list value Array of value objects,

objects read more in section
Objects for input and
output values [page
192]

Nesting lists is not supported.

Complex value

JSON example:

{
"type" : "complex",
"slots" : [ {
"id" : "0",
"value" : {
"type" : "number|string|date|time|datetime|boolean|complex|enumeration|
hierarchy|list",

SAP Signavio Process Manager User Guide

Modeling notations PUBLIC 195
 "value" : "INPUT_VALUE",
}
}, {
"id" : "1",
"value" : {
"type" : "number|string|date|time|datetime|boolean|complex|enumeration|
hierarchy|list",
"value" : "INPUT_VALUE",
}
}, {
...
} ]
}

Element Description Type

type Specifies the type of a String

value

Value must be "com-

plex".

slots Specifies the attrib- Array of attribute ob-

utes of the complex jects
type definition

id Reference to the value String

of the data type defini-

tion

Since attributes can

be renamed and reor-
dered, the name or the
order as shown in the
editor can be mislead-
ing. IDs are assigned
when a new attribute
is created. Renaming
and reordering doesn't
change the attribute's
ID. To determine the
correct ID, export an
example test case for
each value.

value Specifies the actual Value object, read

value for the attribute more in section Ob-
jects for input and out-
put values [page 192]

SAP Signavio Process Manager User Guide

196 PUBLIC Modeling notations
Enumeration value

JSON example:

{
"type" : "enumeration",
"value" : "0"
}

Element Description Type

type Specifies the data type String

of a value

Value must be "enu-

meration".

value Specifies the ID of the String

value of the data type

definition

Since enumeration val-

ues can be renamed
and reordered, the
name or the order as
shown in the editor
can be misleading. IDs
are assigned when a
new enumeration value
is created. Renaming
and reordering doesn't
change the enumera-
tion value's ID. To de-
termine the correct ID,
export an example test
case for each value.

Hierarchy value

JSON example:

{
"type" : "hierarchy",
"value" : [ "1", "4" ],
}

SAP Signavio Process Manager User Guide

Modeling notations PUBLIC 197
Element Description Type

type Specifies the data type of a value String

Value must be "hierarchy".

value Specifies a list of IDs according to the Array of positional IDs

data type definition, constructing the

path from the root of the hierarchy to
the referenced element

Since hierarchy values can be renamed

and reordered, the name or the order as
shown in the editor can be misleading.
IDs are assigned when a new hierar-
chy value is created. Renaming and re-
ordering doesn't change the hierarchy
value's ID. To determine the correct ID,
export an example test case for each
value.

11.3.8 DMN simulation

The decision management extension of SAP Signavio Process Manager allows you to model, manage and
better understand complex business decisions. In the DMN simulation tool, you can simulate business
decisions by applying data to the rules that are defined in a decision diagram. The simulation tool helps you
to understand dependencies between sub-decisions and to identify scenarios for which no rules have been
established.

 Note

The DMN Simulation is also available as an additional feature in SAP Signavio Process Collaboration Hub.

To open the DMN simulation tool, select the diagram in the explorer and click Edit - Simulate DMN diagram.

SAP Signavio Process Manager User Guide

198 PUBLIC Modeling notations
Alternatively, you can open the diagram in the editor and use the drop-down menu in the upper right corner to
switch from the Graphical Editor to the Simulation tool:

Now, you can start using the simulation tool.

Simulate business decisions.

Select a decision in the diagram, either by clicking on it or by using the dropdown menu in the top right corner.
Then, scroll to the Inputs section and fill in the data of your simulation scenario. The Outputs section shows
the decision output as computed by the simulation tool. The Wildcard mode toggle affects the evaluation
semantics. Wildcard mode turned on means that empty input values are replaced with wildcards, which will,
for example, match all conditions in decision tables. When turned off, empty input values will remain undefined
during evaluation.

SAP Signavio Process Manager User Guide

Modeling notations PUBLIC 199
  Note

If the Wildcard mode is activated and one or multiple input parameters are not defined, the simulation
tool will determine the set of possible output values. This is helpful, for example, if in specific application
scenarios some input values remain unknown.

The progress bars in the decision elements indicates the extent to which data inputs are defined so far.
When scrolling down, you can see a decision table overview that highlights the rules that apply in the current
scenario:

The rules that apply to the provided input data are highlighted in green.

11.3.9 Comparing DMN diagrams and revisions

The SAP Signavio diagram comparison tool allows you to easily compare two diagrams, as well as different
revisions of one diagram. In the revision comparison, details about all changes in a diagram over time are
documented.

To open the comparison tool, select a diagram (or, in case you want to compare two different diagrams and
not revisions: two diagrams) and click Edit, then Compare revisions/diagrams in the top drop-down menu of the
explorer.

SAP Signavio Process Manager User Guide

200 PUBLIC Modeling notations
The diagram comparison view opens. The drop-down menu allows you to switch between diagram revisions:

To load a different diagram for comparison, click Choose revisions/diagrams in the upper right corner of the
tool and select both diagrams to be compared in the dialog.

Clicking the pen icon of a changed element gives you detailed information about the adjusted element
properties.

To narrow down the changes, you can deactivate one or multiple check boxes in the panel below the canvas and
exclude changes made to attributes or to specific element types:

To learn more about the basic usage of the diagram and revision comparison tool, read the section Comparison
view [page 66]. The following section explains how to extract DMN-specific information from the comparison
tool.

Comparing Data Inputs

To view the changes made to a Data Input element, select the element to see the exact changes.

Comparing Decision Tables

To view the changes made to a Decision Table, select the element to access an overview of the changes.

SAP Signavio Process Manager User Guide

Modeling notations PUBLIC 201
Then, click the compare link to compare the tables:

In the tables, all changes are highlighted.

11.4 Value chains

How to create value chains in the SAP Signavio Process Manager editor.

With value chains, you can create high-level perspectives on your process landscape.

Each modeling element in a value chain represents a process or process group of a specific business unit. You
can link the elements in chronological order and show the hierarchical relationships between processes and
process groups.

SAP Signavio Process Manager User Guide

202 PUBLIC Modeling notations
For value chains, no official specification or set of syntax rules exist. To keep value chains simple and easy to
read, you can link the elements of a value chain to other process models.

In this section, the diagram elements and editing functions that are only available for this notation are
described.

For general creation and editing options that are available for all notations, read more in section Modeling [page
35].

Available diagram elements

Process

The process element represents a business process within your organization.

Collapsed process

The collapsed process element represents a business process that is linked to another process diagram.

SAP Signavio Process Manager User Guide

Modeling notations PUBLIC 203
You can create links to the following diagram types:

• value chain diagrams

• BPMN diagrams
• event-driven process chains
• customer journey maps

To link the collapsed process element with a new or existing process, click the + symbol in the element.

Group

Use this element to group processes that belong together.

Process link

Use this element to create a hierarchy of process elements and process group elements.

Text note

Use the text note to add information to the diagram or a diagram element.

Association

Use the association to connect a text note to any diagram element.

Additional editing options

Change element orientation

To change the orientation of a process element or collapsed process element, select it and click at the
bottom. You have the following options:

• Left to right
• Right to left
• Top down
• Bottom up

SAP Signavio Process Manager User Guide

204 PUBLIC Modeling notations
 • Rectangle

Rotate text

To rotate text in a diagram element, select the element and in the attribute panel, choose a rotation value for
the Text direction attribute.

Add Live Insights

You can add Live Insights shapes to display the result of a SAP Signavio Process Intelligence investigation in a
value chain. Read more in section Add Live Insights [page 61].

11.5 ArchiMate

 Note

Access to this feature depends on your license. For more information, contact your workspace
administrator.

In SAP Signavio Process Manager, you can model enterprise architecture diagrams in the ArchiMate notation,
an open enterprise architecture modeling language for describing, analyzing, and visualizing enterprise
architectures within and across business domains.

11.5.1 What is ArchiMate?

 Note

Access to this feature depends on your license. For more information, contact your workspace
administrator.

ArchiMate is an open enterprise architecture modeling language for describing and visualizing enterprise
architectures within and across business domains.

Developing enterprise architecture descriptions enables you to base requirements and stakeholder concerns
regarding your IT and business systems on formal and uniform models.

ArchiMate is a lightweight but comprehensive language that enables you to define the architecture of your
business and IT systems using a service oriented view model. It allows you to see your process architectures
over time. This is helpful in many areas, such as transformation and migration planning.

SAP Signavio Process Manager User Guide

Modeling notations PUBLIC 205
The complete ArchiMate specification can be found here:

https://pubs.opengroup.org/architecture/archimate3-doc/

An example of an ArchiMate enterprise architecture diagram

11.5.2 Creating and Editing ArchiMate Diagrams

 Note

Access to this feature depends on your license. For more information, contact your workspace
administrator.

To create an ArchiMate diagram, open the Explorer and choose New ArchiMate 3.0 . Your browser will
open a new tab with the ArchiMate diagram canvas.

SAP Signavio Process Manager User Guide

206 PUBLIC Modeling notations
You can switch between different ArchiMate element sub sets using the drop-down menu in the shape
repository. You can drag and drop elements onto the canvas. You can also use the interactive context menu to
add more elements.

To save the diagram, choose (save) in the toolbar.

Find instructions on how to edit diagrams in the sections Add and connect elements [page 41] and Move and
change elements [page 48].

Linking ArchiMate to BPMN Diagrams

You can easily link BPMN diagrams to ArchiMate's Business Process objects.

Once you have created the business process object in ArchiMate, select the element and choose the attribute
Business process reference in the attribute panel.

Alternatively, you can choose (reference) in the upper right corner of the Business Process object.

SAP Signavio Process Manager User Guide

Modeling notations PUBLIC 207
Now, a dialog opens from which you can either create a new diagram or link an existing one:

Link a BPMN diagram to an ArchiMate 'Business Process' Object

Using the Dictionary with the ArchiMate Editor

Within the ArchiMate Editor it's easy to make use of the dictionary, see The Dictionary [page 83] for details.

The dictionary is modeling language-independent, meaning you can access entries you created from BPMN
diagrams in ArchiMate and vice versa.

11.6 Case Management Model and Notation (CMMN)

 Note

Access to this feature depends on your license. For more information, contact your workspace
administrator.

SAP Signavio Process Manager User Guide

208 PUBLIC Modeling notations
  Note

The feature is only available on request.

Please contact our SAP Signavio service experts from the SAP for Me portal .

CMMN is a notation that was created to allow more flexibility in the business process landscape. SAP Signavio
Process Manager supports CMMN version 1.1.

About CMMN

In a business process that has variation, it may be more efficient for a case worker to determine the sequence
in which to perform a set of tasks. For example, a hotel guest may always go through the same process when
checking in and checking out, while the regularly tasks to clean the room may vary from day to day.

A CMMN model for maintaining a hotel room

In general, many BPM scenarios include actions that may diverge from the common sequence flow, within
a framework of set tasks. CMMN supports the flexibility of these workflows. The notation is designed for
scenarios when a case worker can decide in what order tasks or sequence flows shall be performed. A CMMN
sequence flow may be triggered by an event (event listener), a state (milestone) or with an action (task).

CMMN in SAP Signavio Process Manager

In SAP Signavio Process Manager, you can model the standard framework of the corresponding process in a
BPMN diagram and then link a BPMN sub-process to a CMMN diagram that defines flexible sequences. You can
also change a task in a BPMN diagram to a sub-process that links to a CMMN model, to define a number of
flexible actions more accurately.

SAP Signavio Process Manager User Guide

Modeling notations PUBLIC 209
You can seamlessly integrate CMMN into BPMN and DMN-diagrams, to complement your existing process
landscape. CMMN allows you to more accurately model highly variable processes, such as working with patient
files or managing customer support processes.

11.6.1 Creating and Editing CMMN Diagrams

You can create CMMN diagrams in the explorer like any other diagram and edit them in the editor. This chapter
explains the CMMN Elements and their alignment options on the modeling canvas. See Basic modeling with
the Editor [page 35] to learn about modeling diagrams with the editor.

Creating a CMMN Diagram

To create a new CMMN diagram in the explorer, choose New Case Management Diagram (CMMN 1.1) .
The editor opens with a blank modeling canvas, ready for you to edit the diagram.

Starting with a blank canvas in the editor, you can add elements from the Shape Repository.

Case Plan Items

You can use the following elements from the shape repository to model your CMMN diagram.

Case Plan Model

The case plan model contains the case model. The case plan model encloses the whole diagram. You can place
the element first and resize it with the growing diagram by dragging its lower right corner, or you can model
the case and place the case file element when you have finished adding and connecting the other diagram
elements.

To label the file, enter a name into the ‘naming slip’ at the top left of the element. You can also attach an exit
criterion to the case plan model to indicate that the incoming sequence flow ends and completes the case.

SAP Signavio Process Manager User Guide

210 PUBLIC Modeling notations
 A CMMN diagram, enclosed in a ‘case plan model’

Task

Tasks are the central elements in CMMN and BPMN notations. A task models a single action that needs to be
performed. In addition to the ordinary task, there are five different types of task elements in CMMN:

1. Non-blocking human task

2. Blocking human task
3. Process task
4. Decision task
5. Case task

The model can depict each task as an ordinary task element or as a discretionary task, which is not obligatory
and may be performed at the case worker’s discretion.

• A non-blocking human task does not stop the sequence flow. In the case model, the task does not take
any time to perform. The task is complete at the same moment it starts, and the sequence flow continues
unstopped. All other tasks are ‘blocking’ by default.

A ‘non-blocking human task’

SAP Signavio Process Manager User Guide

Modeling notations PUBLIC 211
• A blocking human task stops the sequence flow until it is completed.

A ‘blocking human task’

• A process task links to a BPMN diagram. To link a diagram, click the symbol in the upper left corner of the
element. To learn more, see Integrating CMMN diagrams [page 219] .

A ‘process task’
• A decision task links to a DMN diagram. To link a diagram, click the symbol in the upper left corner of the
element. To learn more, see Integrating CMMN diagrams [page 219].

A ‘decision task’
• A case task links to another CMMN diagram. To link a diagram, click the symbol in the upper left corner of
the element. To learn more, see Integrating CMMN diagrams [page 219].

SAP Signavio Process Manager User Guide

212 PUBLIC Modeling notations
 A ‘case task’

Discretionary Task

Every task type mentioned above also exists as discretionary task in the CMMN 1.1 definition. This means that
the case worker may decide whether to perform the task for that case.

In SAP Signavio Process Manager, you can create a discretionary task by creating an ordinary task of
the necessary type, for example a non-blocking human task and defining it as discretionary. Select the
corresponding task and open the Attributes panel on the right. Click the Discretionary attribute and activate the
checkbox.

When checking the box, the ordinary task transforms into a discretionary task.

Stage

Stages divide cases into subdivisions. You can group sequence flows, tasks and/or (sub-)stages into a stage.

• You can also define a stage as a discretionary stage. Select the corresponding stage and open the
Attributes panel on the right. Click the discretionary attribute and activate the checkbox.

SAP Signavio Process Manager User Guide

Modeling notations PUBLIC 213
• An expanded stage can contain sequence flows of tasks and/or (sub-)stages. You can change a stage’s size
by dragging its bottom-right corner.
• A collapsed stage is linked to another CMMN diagram. In contrast to tasks, collapsed stages’ linked
diagrams may also just contain single sequence flows that do not define a whole case.

An expanded stage.

A collapsed stage is linked to the ‘Procure parts’ BPMN diagram.

Milestone

Milestones are sub-goals within the process model. They indicate that a certain point or stage within a case has
been reached or completed.

A milestone element

Sentries

You can attach the diamond shaped entry criterion and exit criterion symbol (called ‘sentries’) to any task,
milestone, stage or case file. There, they define dependencies or the direction of the sequence flow. Sentries do
not need to be attached to other elements - they may also stand alone within a sequence flow.

• The entry criterion indicates that the incoming sequence flow(s) directly attached to the sentry is/are
necessary to be finished before the sequence flow can continue.

SAP Signavio Process Manager User Guide

214 PUBLIC Modeling notations
 • The exit criterion indicates when a plan item is complete and in what direction(s) the sequence can
continue. A sequence can continue when the following action is available or a data object has been created.
an exit criterion attached to a case plan model indicates that the arriving sequence flow closes the case.

In this example, the claim analysis starts when a claim with more than €100,000 has arrived and the claim
information document is available. The check finishes when a claims evaluation report has been created:

The entry and exit criteria mark the beginning and the end of this stage

You can attach several sentries of one type to an element. Each sentry defines its own entry or exit criteria for
its element. Two or more sentries of one type attached to one element define a logical ‘or’ relationship, while
several sequence flows attached to one sentry form a logical ‘and’ relationship.

If all workflows of one entry criterion have arrived at the element, the corresponding task can be performed. If
several criteria have to be met, more than one sequence flow can be attached to one sentry element. Similarly,
you can attach several exit criteria to an element. All sequence flows that exit one sentry will be executed,
unless a discretionary task follows.

Event Listeners

A listener waits for something to happen, usually to then trigger a new sequence flow.

• A event listener waits for an event to occur.

• A timer event listener waits for a certain amount of time to pass, or until a defined time.
• A user event listener waits for user input, such as a completed form in a web user interface.

The event listener, timer event listener and user event listener elements (left to right)

SAP Signavio Process Manager User Guide

Modeling notations PUBLIC 215
Case file item

A case file item represents a data file or document that contains information that is relevant to the case, such
a patient file. Use a connector to attach a case file item to another element, to show that the other element’s
execution uses its data. It can also function as a trigger or a result and thus can stand at the beginning or at the
end of a sequence.

A case file item related to a task

Other Elements

Connectors

A connectors between CMMN elements defines a relation. An entry criterion or exit criterion defines the
sequence flow direction or association.

• A simple connector links different (non-discretionary) elements togther.

• A discretionary association links a discretionary task to another CMMN element.
• An annotation association links a text annotation to another CMMN element.

A connector, a discretionary association and an annotation association (top to bottom)

Plan Fragment

A plan fragment contains a group of elements that exist outside the cases’ runtime. Plan fragments are
discretionary, as indicated by the dotted lines. Also, elements contained inside the plan fragment may contain

SAP Signavio Process Manager User Guide

216 PUBLIC Modeling notations
sentries or be part of a sequence flow, but a sentry or sequence flow may not be attached to a plan fragment. A
plan fragment essentially contains everything that has no other place but needs to be in the case model.

A plan fragment containing three tasks

Planning Table

A planning table signifies that discretionary tasks are present. A collapsed planning table indicates that
discretionary tasks are not displayed, whereas an expanded planning table indicates they are shown.

A (collapsed) planning table (default) signifies that collapsed (or hidden) discretionary tasks are present in the
diagram. The hidden tasks are not modeled in SAP Signavio Process Manager. Instead, the modeler attaches
the planning table to a stage, human task (only) or case plan model to signify that (hidden) discretionary tasks
are available.

To hint that modeled, visible discretionary tasks are available in the corresponding stage or plan fragment,
add an expanded planning table to the element by unchecking the box defining the collapsed attribute in the
attribute panel.

SAP Signavio Process Manager User Guide

Modeling notations PUBLIC 217
 A (collapsed) planning table attached to a stage

Text Annotation

A text annotation contains additional textual information about the diagram, an element or a group of
elements.

CMMN Attributes

The following attributes can be set in the attribute panel by checking or unchecking the value of the
corresponding element. When the value is enabled, an icon will appear on the corresponding element or the
elements appearance will change, as depicted below.

• The discretionary attribute can be set for all kinds of tasks and stages. If the attribute is activated, the
task/stage may be performed if the case worker decides it is necessary. Plan fragments are by default
discretionary, this cannot be changed as it is a pre-defined condition in CMMN.
• The autocomplete attribute can be set for stages and case plan models.
• The manual activation attribute can be set for all kinds of stages and tasks. If the attribute is activated, the
corresponding element has to be triggered manually.
• The repetition attribute can be set for milestones, stages and tasks. If the attribute is activated, the case
worker will evaluate if the task needs to be repeated every time it is finished. If the result is ‘yes’, the task
will be repeated.
• The required attribute can be set for milestones, stages and tasks. If the attribute is activated, the
corresponding action needs to be completed for the sequence flow to continue or the containing element
to be completed.

SAP Signavio Process Manager User Guide

218 PUBLIC Modeling notations
 Unactivated and activated attributes in SAP Signavio Process Manager (left to right): discretionary, manual activation,
repetition, required, autocomplete

11.6.2 Integrating CMMN Diagrams

You can seamlessly integrate CMMN diagrams with DMN and BPMN diagrams in your process landscape. You
can, for example, embed a CMMN model in a BPMN process by use of the BPMN sub-process as depicted
below. This allows you to model the static part of a process in BPMN and only depict the flexible part in a
CMMN model.

Linking to a Diagram in a CMMN Model

To add a diagram link to a CMMN model, first add the corresponding CMMN element:

• Process Task - to link to a BPMN diagram

• Decision Task - to link to a DMN diagram
• Case Task - to link to a CMMN diagram

Click the symbol in the top left corner of the diagram element and select a diagram of the corresponding type
in the dialog that appears or choose to create a new one. Click Link diagram to confirm.

If you chose to create a new diagram, the editor opens in a new tab, ready for you to edit the new diagram. After
modeling the new diagram, save both the new one and the CMMN model the new diagram is now linked to.

Linking to a CMMN Model in a BPMN Model

To add to CMMN model link to a BPMN diagram, add a collapsed subprocess and click the + -symbol at the
bottom of the element. In the dialog that opens, choose a CMMN model or create a new one by choosing Case
Management Diagram (CMMN 1.0) at the top under Create new diagram. Click Link diagram to confirm.

If you chose to create a new diagram, the editor opens in a new tab, ready for you to edit the new diagram. After
modeling the new diagram, save both the new one and the CMMN model the new diagram is now linked to.

SAP Signavio Process Manager User Guide

Modeling notations PUBLIC 219
 Linking a new CMMN diagram to a BPMN Subprocess

You can also link CMMN diagrams in value chains the same way to create complete process levels that also
show in classic SAP Signavio Process Collaboration Hub. For more information on diagram hierarchy levels in
your process landscape, see Creating process hierarchies [page 58].

11.7 Navigation Maps

Use Navigation Maps to provide all users with an overarching linked view of all your processes.

With Navigation Maps, you create graphical process views. Similar to value chains, you create high-level
perspectives on your process landscape. Navigation Maps are more flexible than value chains or other
modeling languages and don't follow a strict standard. You can upload custom images to use as modeling
elements.

All elements except Live Insights can link to diagrams, folders, or URLs.

The most common use case is creating a navigation map that matches your corporate identity as an entry
diagram for SAP Signavio Process Collaboration Hub.

SAP Signavio Process Manager User Guide

220 PUBLIC Modeling notations
11.7.1 Manage Navigation Maps

Use Navigation Maps to provide all users with an overarching linked view of all your processes.

Create a New Navigation Map

You can create a new navigation map in different locations:

• In the explorer of SAP Signavio Process Manager, choose New and select Navigation map from the drop-
down list. The editor opens with a blank canvas.
• In SAP Signavio Process Collaboration Hub, choose Create and select Navigation map. The editor opens
with a blank canvas.

Publish Navigation Maps

To make content available for all users in SAP Signavio Process Collaboration Hub, it needs to be published.

You can publish Navigation Maps in different locations:

• In the explorer of SAP Signavio Process Manager. See section Publishing diagrams in SAP Signavio
Process Collaboration Hub [page 272].
• In SAP Signavio Process Collaboration Hub. See section Publish and unpublish diagrams.

Related Information

Open and Save Diagrams [page 37]

Navigation Map Elements [page 221]
Manage Folders and Diagrams

11.7.2 Navigation Map Elements

Use Navigation Maps to provide all users with an overarching linked view of all your processes.

This section describes the navigation map elements and their options. All elements except Live Insights can link
to diagrams, folders, or URLs.

SAP Signavio Process Manager User Guide

Modeling notations PUBLIC 221
Text

Follow these steps:

1. Drag a text frame onto the canvas.

2. Double-select the frame to add or edit the text.
3. In the Attributes panel, you can add an outgoing link to the text element, see section Add links to elements
[page 224].
4. To format the complete text, use the toolbar.

Bold

Italic

Change font color

Shapes

You can add the following shapes:

• Triangle
• Rectangle
• Ellipse
• Arrow
• Line

Some formatting is possible from the toolbar, for details see section Editor toolbar and keyboard shortcuts
[page 38].

Additional formatting options are available in the Attributes panel, for example border style.

For details how to move and change a shape, see section Move and change elements [page 48].

In the Attributes panel, you can add an outgoing link to a shape, see section Add links to elements [page 224].

Live Insights

With the Live Insights shapes, you can add insights and KPIs you want to monitor to BPMN diagrams, value
chains, and navigation maps.

For that, you add a Live Insights shape to your diagram and link it with a widget from SAP Signavio Process
Intelligence. Users can then view the Live Insights in SAP Signavio Process Collaboration Hub.

In SAP Signavio Process Intelligence, thresholds need to be defined for the widgets that are linked to Live
Insights shapes. In SAP Signavio Process Manager, the color of the shape indicates how the current result of

SAP Signavio Process Manager User Guide

222 PUBLIC Modeling notations
the widget relates to the defined thresholds. The following example shows how the sentiment shape reflects
the current widget result:

The color of a shape is only visible in SAP Signavio Process Collaboration Hub. In SAP Signavio Process
Manager, the shapes stay grey.

Read more about Live Insights in section Add Live Insights [page 61].

Images

You can upload custom images to use in navigation maps. All images available for navigation maps are in the
Image Management.

Images for upload need to be in the SVG format. To prevent possible security problems, each SVG file you want
to upload is checked. Read more about the validation criteria in section Validation criteria [page 68].

Images uploaded with the image manager while creating navigation maps have a size limit of 50 kB for each
image file.

Upload images

 Note

• Only images available in the Image Management can be added to navigation maps.
• Images that have been uploaded can only be deleted by your workspace administrator.

Follow these steps:

1. Choose Add image.

2. Select one or more images to upload.
3. Review your upload in the dialog.
4. Choose Confirm.
The images are available for adding to the Navigation Map.

Add an Image to the Navigation Map

Follow these steps:

1. If necessary, search for the image.

2. Drag the image onto the canvas.
3. To change the size of the image, click the bottom right corner or top left corner and drag the corner.
Images are always scaled in proportion.

SAP Signavio Process Manager User Guide

Modeling notations PUBLIC 223
4. In the Attributes panel, you can add an outgoing link to an image, see section Add links to elements [page
224].

Add Links to Elements

You can add links to all elements in a navigation map except Live Insights. You can link to another diagram or
folder in your workspace, or you can link to a URL.

You add the link in the Attributes panel.

Follow these steps:

1. Open the Attributes panel.

2. In the Link row, click the right column and then click (more options). The dialog for adding a link opens.
3. Select one of the options:
• Create a new diagram: Select the type of diagram. The editor opens with a blank canvas.
• Use existing diagram or directory: Select a diagram or a folder to link in the folder structure.
• Use web link: Paste the URL to the input field.
4. Save with Link.

 Example

Example for linking an existing diagram:

In SAP Signavio Process Collaboration Hub, elements with a link show a movement effect when users hover
over them.

 Example

This example shows the effect:

Only the lower image has a link.

SAP Signavio Process Manager User Guide

224 PUBLIC Modeling notations
SAP Signavio Process Manager User Guide
Modeling notations PUBLIC 225
Use the Dictionary

For navigation maps, you can link dictionary entries from all categories to the following modeling elements:

• Text
• Shapes
• Images

Related Information

Editor toolbar and keyboard shortcuts [page 38]

Move and change elements [page 48]
Format diagrams [page 54]

11.8 Further Notations

SAP Signavio Process Manager supports a comprehensive set of modeling notations. This article lists the ones
that are typically not relevant for the most common use cases.

Organizational Charts

Organizational charts outline the internal structure of a company. Illustrating a company this way shows the
internal hierarchy and how each role relates to others in the same organization.

Choreography Diagrams

Choreography diagrams depict the details of complex collaboration between process participants. This allows
for an analysis of how information is exchanged and how participants coordinate their actions. Choreography
diagrams are part of the BPMN standard, but are not widely used. We recommend staying with BPMN process
diagrams.

For more information on choreography diagrams, see the OMG BPMN specification document .

SAP Signavio Process Manager User Guide

226 PUBLIC Modeling notations
Conversation Diagrams

Conversation diagrams focus on communications between process participants. They allow for the viewing of
relationships at a glance. Conversation diagrams are part of the BPMN standard, but are not widely used. We
recommend sticking to BPMN process diagrams when modeling process participant interactions.

For more information on Collaboration diagrams, see the OMG BPMN specification document .

Event-Driven Process Chains

Event-driven process chains (EPC) are used to model business processes. EPCs capture and visualize
processes, but are - unlike BPMN - not executable. EPCs generally focus on the lower levels of the process
hierarchy (operational sequences of processes). While EPCs were popular in some European countries in the
late 90s and early 2000s, they have now been eclipsed by BPMN, which is more appealing to both business
users and technical experts. We don't recommend using EPCs.

UML Use Case Diagrams

Use case diagrams are used to view what actions can be performed collaboratively between systems and
users. They are a part of the UML (Unified Modeling Language) standard.

See more information on UML use case diagrams .

UML Class Diagrams

Class diagrams show the properties, methods, and relationships of a system's classes. They are commonly
used to describe object-oriented programing code. They are a part of the Unified Modeling Language (UML)
standard.

For more information, see UML class diagrams .

SAP Signavio Process Manager User Guide

Modeling notations PUBLIC 227
12 Modeling with QuickModel

 Note

This section describes all options for this function. Which options are available depends on your license and
the settings made by your workspace administrator.

QuickModel makes capturing BPMN processes very fast. With QuickModel, you enter information about a
process into a table. A process diagram is dynamically generated from this table.

QuickModel is only available for BPMN processes.

Use QuickModel in the following cases:

• to create BPMN diagrams even if you are unfamiliar with the modeling conventions
• to speed up diagram creation for complex processes by modeling the main path first
• to see at a glance if information is missing in an existing BPMN diagram and to add it with low effort

With QuickModel you can do the following:

• model one sequence of tasks including the start and end events
• specify the organizational unit for the pool and assign participants to tasks in lanes
• specify main attributes for tasks, for example IT systems and data artifacts, as well as custom attributes

Additional BPMN elements, such as decisions and parallel sequences, can be added later in the graphical
editor.

12.1 QuickModel Editor Overview

In the QuickModel editor, you create BPMN 2.0 diagrams by entering process information into a form and a
table.

SAP Signavio Process Manager User Guide

228 PUBLIC Modeling with QuickModel
 1 Toolbar The toolbar provides the following func-
tions:

• Save: Save the diagram

• Undo: Remove last actions
• Redo: Redo undone actions

2 Process details The main attributes of the diagram are

displayed.

To display also the custom attributes,

click Show more process attributes.

3 Activities Tasks and some of their main attributes

are displayed as columns.

SAP Signavio Process Manager User Guide

Modeling with QuickModel PUBLIC 229
4 Diagram preview A dynamic preview of the diagram
is generated and updates with each
change.

To pin the preview area to the bottom of

the browser window, click .

You can zoom in and out the diagram

with the slider on the left.

Show or Hide Task Attributes

To customize the activities list, click and select the columns you want to display. To set the selection as
your default, use Save as default.

Main Attributes for Tasks

What? Name of the task

Who? Participant or role assigned to the task

For each role, a lane is created in the diagram.

How? Description of the task

IT Systems IT system used when executing the task

Input documents Required data artifact

Output documents Created or modified data artifact

Execution costs Costs required to execute the task

Costs Center Department to which the task costs are allocated

Execution Time Time required to execute the task

12.2 Create a Diagram with QuickModel

1. To create a diagram with QuickModel, you have the following options:

• In the explorer of SAP Signavio Process Manager, choose New QuickModel .
• In SAP Signavio Process Collaboration Hub, choose Create QuickModel .
The QuickModel editor opens in a new tab.

SAP Signavio Process Manager User Guide

230 PUBLIC Modeling with QuickModel
 2. Specify a name for the diagram and its main attributes:
• Organization: Name used for the pool
• Start: Start event of the process
• End: End event of the process
• Documentation: Description of the diagram
3. With Show more process attributes, you can also specify the diagram's custom attributes.

 Note

QuickModel does not support custom attributes of type table:

• When you select Show more process attributes on diagram level, table custom attributes are not
listed.
• When you choose Configure your table for your activity table, table custom attributes cannot be
added as a column.

4. Under Activities, add the tasks of your process and specify their attributes, read more in section Add tasks
and specify attributes [page 232].
The diagram preview updates dynamically.
5. Confirm with Save.
The diagram is saved.
You can close the diagram or open it in the editor. To open it, open the user menu and choose Graphical
Editor.

 Example

Example

SAP Signavio Process Manager User Guide

Modeling with QuickModel PUBLIC 231
Adding Tasks and Specify Attributes

 Note

The order of the tasks in the table corresponds to the order of the tasks in the diagram.

Follow these steps:

1. Double-select a cell in the What? column and type the task name.
Read more on the meaning of the columns in section Overview over main attributes for tasks [page 228].
2. Continue with one of the following options:
• To add another task, choose Enter.
• To specify an attribute of your first task, press the tab key.

You can customize the columns in the activities list, read more in section Show or hide task attributes [page
228].

Link Dictionary Entries

While you type the name of tasks and attributes, dictionary entries can be suggested. To link a dictionary entry
to the task or attribute, select the entry and press Enter.

Linked dictionary entries are indicated with (dictionary).

When a task is linked to a dictionary entry, you can rename the task. This has no effect to the dictionary entry.
Renaming doesn't work for attributes.

How to create dictionary entries is described in section Working with the dictionary [page 83].

Reorder the Tasks

You can't change the order of tasks in the activities list. You can only add a task between two existing ones. To
do so, select the lower task and choose Add activity above.

Remove a Task

To remove a task, select it in the activities list and choose Remove activity.

Related Information

Add and connect elements [page 41]

SAP Signavio Process Manager User Guide

232 PUBLIC Modeling with QuickModel
Model a BPMN diagram [page 104]
Inviting Stakeholders to Comment on a Diagram [page 263]
Publishing Diagrams in SAP Signavio Process Collaboration Hub [page 272]

12.3 Edit a Diagram with QuickModel

You can edit BPMN diagrams in the QuickModel editor even if they weren't created with QuickModel.

The tabular activities view provides an overview of the tasks and attributes. This way, you can quickly check
diagrams for completeness and add missing tasks and attributes.

Editing Options

You can add, rename, and remove the following elements in the QuickModel editor:

• diagram attributes
• tasks and collapsed subprocesses
• roles
• task attributes

To add a task, click the plus sign in the first column, double-click the first cell in the new row, and specify the
name.

 Example

Example

SAP Signavio Process Manager User Guide

Modeling with QuickModel PUBLIC 233
To edit any element, double-click the cell and apply your change. Confirm with Enter or the tab key.

You can't change the order of tasks in the activities list. You can only add a task between two existing ones. To
do so, select the lower task and choose Add activity above.

To remove a name for a task or an attribute, select the cell and press the Del key.

To remove a task with its attributes, click Remove activity.

Collapsed Suprocesses

Existing collapsed subprocesses are displayed and can be edited like tasks.

Editing Limits for Non-Linear Diagrams

In the QuickModel editor, editing of diagrams with decisions and multiple task flows is limited as follows:

• Roles can't be edited. The Who? column is then marked with an asterisk.
• You can only rename tasks, you can't add or remove tasks.

SAP Signavio Process Manager User Guide

234 PUBLIC Modeling with QuickModel
Open a Diagram in the QuickModel Editor

To open a diagram in the QuickModel editor, you have the following options:

• Select the diagram in the explorer of SAP Signavio Process Manager and click Edit > Edit QuickModel.

• Go to the diagram in SAP Signavio Process Collaboration Hub and click > Edit with QuickModel. Read
more in section Actions.

Toggle between Graphical and QuickModel Editor

To switch from the graphical editor to the QuickModel editor and back, use the options QuickModel and
Graphical editor in the user menu.

Read more on the graphical editor in section Editor overview [page 36].

Link Dictionary Entries

While you type the name of tasks and attributes, dictionary entries can be suggested. To link a dictionary entry
to the task or attribute, select the entry and press Enter.

Linked dictionary entries are indicated with (dictionary).

When a task is linked to a dictionary entry, you can rename the task. This has no effect to the dictionary entry.
Renaming doesn't work for attributes.

How to create dictionary entries is described in section Working with the dictionary [page 83].

Related Information

Add and connect elements [page 41]

Model a BPMN diagram [page 104]
Inviting Stakeholders to Comment on a Diagram [page 263]
Publishing Diagrams in SAP Signavio Process Collaboration Hub [page 272]

SAP Signavio Process Manager User Guide

Modeling with QuickModel PUBLIC 235
13 Simulating BPMN Diagrams

Get an overview of the SAP Signavio Process Manager Simulation tool. With the Simulation tool you can
visualize process runs and analyze processes based on step-by-step, configurable one-case, and multiple-case
scenarios. This provides information about cost, cycle times, resources, and bottlenecks in your processes.

With the BPMN simulation tool you can visualize process runs and analyze processes based on step-by-
step, configurable one-case, and multiple-case scenarios. This provides information about cost, cycle times,
resources, and bottlenecks in your processes.

 Note

Modeling users who only have read access to a diagram can use the BPMN simulation tool, but can't
manage the diagrams simulation scenarios.

Simulating BPMN diagrams can help to increase process awareness and can answer specific questions like:

• How much does a process run cost on average?

• How are costs distributed over roles and tasks?
• How much would 10% more of case X instead of case Y affect the cost?
• Is the bottleneck in this process?
• How much of everyone’s time is consumed in this process?
• How would 20% more requests affect the cycle time?
• Would an another risk analyst speed up the cycle time?

 Caution

The simulation tool only works with BPMN 2.0 diagrams.

Access the BPMN Simulation Tool

You can access the BPMN simulator in two ways:

• Open explorer, select a model and choose Edit Simulate BPMN Diagram .
• When you have opened a diagram in the editor, QuickModel or the diagram comparison tool , expand the
user menu and click Simulation.

BPMN Simulation Tool Functions

The simulation tool has the following functions:

• Step-by-step simulation [page 237]: Step through the process element by element and focus completely
on the process flow.

SAP Signavio Process Manager User Guide

236 PUBLIC Simulating BPMN Diagrams
 • One-case simulation [page 238]: Simulate one specific case to analyze costs and time consumption for the
case.

 Note

Access to this feature depends on your license.

• Multiple-case simulation [page 240]: Simulate multiple process runs, taking into account configured
probabilities and analyzing quantitative data and bottlenecks.

To create and manage simulation scenarios, read the Managing simulation scenarios [page 247] section.

You can export the results of the multiple case simulation as an XLS spreadsheet, read the Exporting
simulation results [page 251] section.

If you're unsure what specific metrics in the simulation results mean, read the Simulation metrics result [page
240] section.

In case you encounter issues with the BPMN simulation tool, read the Troubleshooting issues with the BPMN
simulation feature [page 258] section.

13.1 Step-by-Step Simulation

Read how to use the Step-by-step simulation function in SAP Signavio Process Manager. With Step-by-step
simulation function you can go through a process element by element and focus completely on the process
flow.

With the step-by-step simulation function you can go through a process element by element and focus
completely on the process flow.

You can start the step-by-step simulation without any configuration.

 Example

Step-by-step simulation example

SAP Signavio Process Manager User Guide

Simulating BPMN Diagrams PUBLIC 237
Run the Step-by-Step Simulation

Follow these steps:

1. Open the BPMN simulation tool. Read the Access the BPMN simulation tool [page 236] section.
2. Select the Step by Step function.
3. Choose Play.
4. Choose through the process flow step-by-step.
When passing an exclusive (XOR) gateway, determine the next sequence flow, by clicking the required
path.
5. Choose Restart to restart the step-by-step simulation.

13.2 One-Case Simulation

Read how to use the one-case simulation function in SAP Signavio Process Manager. With the One-case
simulation function you can simulate one specific case and analyze costs and the time consumption for that
case.

 Note

Access to this feature depends on your license. For more information, contact your workspace
administrator.

With the one-case simulation function you can simulate one specific case and analyze costs and the time
consumption for that case.

Before running the one-case simulation, configure a scenario on which the simulation is based on. Read the
Managing simulation scenarios [page 247] section.

During the simulation, the simulation tiles display the overall costs, total cycle time and resource consumption
at the current position in the process (left column) and of the complete previous run (right column). The
bottleneck tile is only relevant for multiple-case simulations.

• Cycle time: Refers to the amount of time between start and completion of a process while
• Resource consumption is the overall time process participants committed to process execution.

 Example

One-case simulation example

SAP Signavio Process Manager User Guide

238 PUBLIC Simulating BPMN Diagrams
Rub the One-Case Simulation

Follow these steps:

1. Open the BPMN simulation tool. Read the Access the BPMN simulation tool [page 236] section.
2. Select the One case function.
3. Select a scenario and click Play.
The BPMN Simulator automatically goes through the process flow step-by-step.
4. When passing an exclusive (XOR) gateway, select the next sequence flow. If you don't select the next path,
the simulation continues and selects a path automatically (based on the probabilities given) when the
timer symbol on the top right of the element completes.

 Example

Example

5. For detailed quantitative information on the current run, click More.

 Example

Example

SAP Signavio Process Manager User Guide

Simulating BPMN Diagrams PUBLIC 239
13.3 Multiple-Case Simulation

Read how to use the Multiple-case simulation function in SAP Signavio Process Manager. With the Multiple-
case simulation function you can simulate multiple process runs which take into account the configured
quantitative figures and analyzing quantitative data and bottlenecks.

 Note

Access to this feature depends on your license. For more information, contact your workspace
administrator.

With the multiple-cases simulation function you can simulate multiple process runs which take into account
the configured quantitative figures and analyzing quantitative data and bottlenecks.

Before running the multiple-case simulation, configure a scenario on which the simulation is based on. Read
the Managing simulation scenarios [page 247] section.

During the simulation, the simulation tiles display the overall costs, total cycle time, resource consumption,
and bottlenecks at the current position in the process (left column) and of the complete previous run (right
column).

• Cycle time: Refers to the amount of time between start and completion of a process.
• Resource consumption is the overall time process participants committed to process execution.

 Example

Multiple case simulation example:

SAP Signavio Process Manager User Guide

240 PUBLIC Simulating BPMN Diagrams
Run the Multiple-Case Simulation

Follow these steps:

1. Open the BPMN simulation tool. Read the Access the BPMN simulation tool [page 236] section.
2. Select the Multiple Cases function.
3. To configure the duration of the simulation, click Duration.
4. Enter the required number of days and click Save.
5. Select a scenario and click Play.
The BPMN Simulator analyzes the selected scenario and displays the results in the process diagram and
on the simulation tiles.
6. For detailed quantitative information on the current run, click More.

 Example

Example:

7. To simulate the another run through of all process instances in the previously calculated scenario, click
Play.

SAP Signavio Process Manager User Guide

Simulating BPMN Diagrams PUBLIC 241
Simulation Outcomes

The following table shows simulation outcomes on a diagram after running the multiple-case simulation:

Simulation outcomes Description

Waiting instances Waiting instances display as blue dots placed above the in-
going sequence flow.

Running instances Running instances display as blue dots within the border of a
task.

Completed instances Completed instances display as a stack next to correspond-

ing task.

Simulation Result Metrics

After running the multiple case simulation, result metrics are available for the current run of the simulation.

The following metrics are available:

• Costs

SAP Signavio Process Manager User Guide

242 PUBLIC Simulating BPMN Diagrams
 • Total cycle time
• Resource consumption
• Bottlenecks

To access the metrics, select the required metrics simulation tile.

Costs

The multiple case simulation calculates the average, minimum, maximum, and total costs. The simulation
determines all cost types based on the simulation result. To access the Costs metrics, click the Costs tile.

 Example

Example:

The following table discusses the descriptions for each table in the Costs tile:

Table Description

Costs The table displays the average, minimum, maximum and

total costs for selected process instance.

SAP Signavio Process Manager User Guide

Simulating BPMN Diagrams PUBLIC 243
Table Description

Costs per task The table displays the costs for every task of your process.
It includes average, minimum, maximum and total costs for
each task.

Total Cycle Time

The multiple case simulation calculates the average, minimum, maximum and total cycle times. As for the
costs, the simulation determines the cycle times based on the simulation result. To access the Total cycle time
metrics, click the Total cycle time tile.

 Note

The total cycle time can exceed the simulation time span. This can happen for two reasons:

• Your resources can't handle cases fast enough and process instances get delayed.
• The cases that occur in the last hours / minutes of your simulation time frame exceed the time frame
before they are completed.

 Example

Example:

The following table discusses the descriptions for each table in the Total cycle time tile:

Table Description

Cycle Time The cycle time of a process instance is overall time needed
for each process instance to complete from start to finish.
The table shows the selected process instance's cycle times
as well as the total sum of all run cycles.

SAP Signavio Process Manager User Guide

244 PUBLIC Simulating BPMN Diagrams
 Table Description

Execution times incl. resources and waiting times The execution times of activities executed within a process
instance can be influenced by the availability of resources as
well as working schedules. The table shows the pure execu-
tion time taken for each activity including the time waiting
for missing resources and the time taken due to working
schedules. Waiting times due to missing resources are listed
as bottlenecks and are available under Bottlenecks [page
246] tile.

Execution times incl. waiting times The table shows how long the execution time took for each
activity including the working schedules and excluding all
available resources. The values are the pure execution times
of tasks in addition to the time a task had to wait because
the assigned resource were unavailable.

For example, If a task with a duration of 60 minutes was

assigned to a user, then while executing the task the user
takes a 30 minute break, the execution time incl. waiting
times would increase to 90 minutes instead of 60 minutes.

Pure execution times Within a process instance, several activities are executed.
These values are the actual execution times of tasks where
someone is actively working on the tasks. The execution can
occur sub-sequentially, delayed or in parallel. The table dis-
plays how long the pure execution time took for each task.

Resource Consumption

The resource consumption lists the consumed time and the workload for each process resource.

The consumed time is the total time a resource spends on executing activities. The workload is the percentage
of the available time a resource is occupied with executing activities.

To access the Resource consumption metrics, click the Resource consumption tile.

 Example

Example:

SAP Signavio Process Manager User Guide

Simulating BPMN Diagrams PUBLIC 245
The following table discusses the description for the table in the Resource consumption tile:

Table Description

Resource consumption The execution of activities is performed by resources. The

table shows the workload of all resources in your scenario.
For each resource the consumed time and workload infor-
mation is displayed.

Bottlenecks

A bottleneck occurs when a resource's limited availability increases the waiting times of cases. Waiting times
describe how long cases are idle because no resource is available to execute the current activity.

To access the Bottlenecks metrics, click the Bottlenecks tile.

 Example

Example:

The following table discusses the description for the table in the Bottlenecks tile:

Table Description

Bottlenecks The execution of a process instance might be delayed due

to a shortage of resources. When an activity is ready for
execution but all resources are already allocated, the execu-
tion has to wait. The table shows all resources and activities
with the their total waiting time that were delayed. The total
waiting time is the overall time activities have to wait for
a specific resource, because the resource was occupied by
another task.

SAP Signavio Process Manager User Guide

246 PUBLIC Simulating BPMN Diagrams
13.4 Managing Simulation Scenarios

Read how to create and manage scenarios in the SAP Signavio Process Manager Simulation tool. With
scenarios you can configure the data sets used when running the One-case and Multiple-case simulation
functions.

 Note

Access to this feature depends on your license. For more information, contact your workspace
administrator.

Before running a one-case or multiple-case simulation, configure the data that the simulation is based on by
creating a scenario.

When you open a diagram in the simulator for the first time, it automatically contains one scenario based on
the diagram's Cost & Resource Analysis attribute. Read the Configure the cost & resource analysis attribute
[page 251] section to configure the Cost & Resource Analysis attribute.

With scenarios you can manage different data sets for simulating one process. You can edit the scenario data
by clicking on the corresponding tabs.

The scenario data is categorized by four different tabs:

• Costs: contains granular costs of activities.

• Duration: contains granular execution durations of activities.
• Frequency contains frequency and probabilities of start events, of junctions after gateways, and of
boundary events.
• Resources: define availabilities and costs of process participants.

Costs

In the costs tab you can configure the execution costs for each task in the scenario.

 Example

Example:

SAP Signavio Process Manager User Guide

Simulating BPMN Diagrams PUBLIC 247
Duration

In the duration tab you can configure the execution time for each task in the scenario.

You can configure the execution time in two ways:

• Entering a duration in the execution time column for a task.

• Defining task execution time as distribution functions. Distribution functions simulates non-deterministic
task execution times.

 Example

Example:

Configure duration with distribution functions

Follow these steps:

1. Select the Duration tab and choose (more options).

The execution time dialog opens.
2. Enter a Proportion value.
Add a single or multiple proportions. All proportion values must equal to 100%
3. Select a Method. You can select the following methods:
• Constant: defines an execution time that has a specific probability. With the help of several probability-
constant mappings, you can create a discrete probability distribution.
• Uniform distribution: defines an execution time which is equally distributed within a range of two
values.
• Normal distribution: defines an execution time which concentrates around a certain value.

 Note

We recommend a Normal distribution in case the task execution times are likely concentrated
around a certain value.

SAP Signavio Process Manager User Guide

248 PUBLIC Simulating BPMN Diagrams
 4. Enter an Execution time value in hh:mm:ssand click Accept.
5. Choose Save Scenario.

Frequency

In the frequency section you can configure the start frequency of the start event and the execution probability
of gateways and events in your scenario.

 Example

Example:

Configure the Start Event Frequency

Follow these steps:

1. Select the Frequency tab.

2. On the start event, choose (more options).

3. Configure the Day, From, To and Frequency fields.
4. Add multiple frequencies for the start event if required by choosing Add new row.

5. Choose then Save Scenario.

Configure the Execution Probability of Gateways and Events

Follow these steps:

1. Select Frequency tab.

2. Expand the gateway or event and enter the required probability values.
All probability values must equal to 100%.
3. Choose Save Scenario.

SAP Signavio Process Manager User Guide

Simulating BPMN Diagrams PUBLIC 249
Resources

In the resources tab you can define a roles work schedule and cost per hour.

 Example

Example:

Configure Work Schedules for a Role

Follow these steps:

1. Select the Resources tab.

2. In the Work schedules column, choose (more options).

The edit schedules page open.
3. Specify the Numbers of resources value.

4. In the Work schedules column, choose (more options).

5. Configure the Day, From, and To values.
The Hours value updates according to your configuration.

6. Choose then Save Scenario.

Configure the Costs Per Hour for a Role

Follow these steps:

1. Select the Resources tab.

2. In the Costs / hour column, enter a value.
3. Choose Save Scenario.

You can create an additional scenario by choosing (add). Choose between creating a scenario based on the
Cost & Resource Analysis attributes (Create from template: None) or using the data of another scenario as a
starting point.

SAP Signavio Process Manager User Guide

250 PUBLIC Simulating BPMN Diagrams
When starting a new simulation, select the required scenario from the drop-down menu.

Configure the Cost & Resource Analysis Attribute

To configure the Cost & Resource Analysis attribute, follow these steps:

1. Open a diagram in the editor.

2. Select an element on the canvas.
3. Expand the Attributes|Views section.
4. Edit the values in the Cost & Resource Analysis section.
5. Repeat the above steps for all elements in your diagram.
6. Confirm with Save.

13.5 Exporting Simulation Results

In SAP Signavio Process Manager use the Export Excel feature to export the results of a Multiple-case
simulation to an Excel XLS file.

You can export the results of a Multiple-case simulation [page 240] as XLS (Microsoft Excel) files. To export
the results, click the Excel Export button below the simulation tiles. An Excel (XLS) file is generated. The file is
saved to your browser's download folder.

The following tabs are available in the Excel file:

• Overview
• Costs
• Total cost charts
• Total time charts
• Resource consumption
• Bottlenecks
• Bottleneck charts
• If more than one simulation scenario was executed, the Excel file includes two extra tabs, one for each
scenario run in the simulation.

 Note

If you are using Microsoft Excel 2010, make sure to deactivate the Protected View, by clicking Enable Editing
to make sure the spreadsheet is displayed correctly.

SAP Signavio Process Manager User Guide

Simulating BPMN Diagrams PUBLIC 251
  Note

If there are problems with displaying the charts in the report, check if you have opened the report with a
program that allows the editing Excel diagrams. If this is not the case, we recommend to open the report
with one of the more recent versions of Microsoft Excel.

Overview

The Overview tab contains general information about the simulation runs.

Costs

The Costs tab displays the minimum, maximum and average costs of the simulation runs and task executions.

SAP Signavio Process Manager User Guide

252 PUBLIC Simulating BPMN Diagrams
Values that are especially high are highlighted according to the layout displayed below the calculation table in
the sheet.

The same layout applies to the other calculation tables as well.

Total Costs Charts

The Total cost charts tab visualizes the cost relation of executed tasks in the latest runs. If multiple runs were
executed the latest and previous runs of total costs data display in the tab.

SAP Signavio Process Manager User Guide

Simulating BPMN Diagrams PUBLIC 253
Total Cycle Time

The Total cycle time of a process instance measures the time between process start and process completion.
The tab shows process instance cycle times and activity execution times:

Total Time Charts

The Total time charts tab visualizes the data of the Total cycle time tab. If multiple runs were executed the latest
and previous runs of the total cycle time data display in the tab.

SAP Signavio Process Manager User Guide

254 PUBLIC Simulating BPMN Diagrams
Resource Consumption

The Resource consumption tab contains information about all Resources (lanes) which where occupied with a
task and displays their workloads in relation to reach other:

SAP Signavio Process Manager User Guide

Simulating BPMN Diagrams PUBLIC 255
Resource Consumption Charts

The Resource consumption charts tab visualizes the data of the Resource consumption tab. If multiple runs
were executed the latest and previous runs of the resource consumption data display in the tab.

Bottlenecks

The Bottlenecks tab contains information about process bottlenecks:

SAP Signavio Process Manager User Guide

256 PUBLIC Simulating BPMN Diagrams
Bottlenecks Charts

The Bottlenecks charts tab visualizes the data in the Bottlenecks tab:

Scenario Tabs

The last two tabs contain information about each scenario's properties:

SAP Signavio Process Manager User Guide

Simulating BPMN Diagrams PUBLIC 257
13.6 Troubleshooting Issues with the BPMN Simulation
Feature

When using the SAP Signavio Process Manager Simulation tool certain process conditions are required. If
those conditions are not met, issues may occur when using the simulation tool. If you experience any issues
when using the Simulation tool, read this section to troubleshoot those issues.

In order for a simulation to execute, the below conditions are required:

• The syntax of the diagram must follow BPMN 2.0 syntax rules. The process flow mustn't be interrupted.

• To check if a diagram follows BPMN 2.0 syntax rules, use the Check syntax option in the Editor.

• Elements that affect the process flow, but cannot be clearly specified regarding their impact on the process
flow, mustn’t be used. Example elements are the inclusive gateways, non-interrupting boundary events,
conditional sequence flows, message flow and subprocess.

SAP Signavio Process Manager User Guide

258 PUBLIC Simulating BPMN Diagrams
14 Search

The standard search is a full text search. With (advanced search), you can filter results. You can save your
searches as smart folders for quick access.

Full Text Search

• To search, enter the search terms into the search box and choose Enter.

The following content is considered in the standard search:

• Diagram titles
• Attributes of diagrams and elements
• Element labels
• Comments
• Revision information
• Content of uploaded files
• Dictionary entry links

The following operators are available:

Search operators Description

Wildcard (*) The wildcard character (*) is a placeholder for one or more
characters.

For example, the search term lab*r returns results for both
British English (labour) and American English (labor).

AND Connect search terms with AND to only get results that con-
tain all terms.

Phrases Put a phrase in quotation marks ("...") to get an exact match.

For example, "Process Manager" lists all results that

contain the complete phrase Process Manager, and not
items that only include the term Manager.

Use quotation marks when you search for hyphenated

terms, for example "e-learning".

This search does not include partial matches, the phrase

needs to consist of complete words.

SAP Signavio Process Manager User Guide

Search PUBLIC 259
  Note

• It is possible to combine search operators in one query.

• If you expect that certain keywords are part of many possible results, leave them out of the search.
Only search for the distinguishing keywords.

Advanced Search

With the advanced search, you can limit the search to a specific attribute. Attributes on diagram and element
level can be selected.

To execute an advanced search, follow these steps:

1. Choose (advanced search)next to the search box.

2. Select the attribute from the drop-down list. When Search within any field is selected, this is equivalent to
the standard search.
3. Enter the search terms and choose Search. The search results are displayed.
4. You can add additional search criteria to filter by diagram properties and values. The following filter criteria
can be used:
• Element name
• Last modified
• Last author
• Revision comment
• Publishing date
• Publishing state
• Commenting state
• SAP Signavio ID
• Type (diagram, file, folder, or comment)
5. To filter the search results, choose Add & Search.

6. To remove a filter, choose (close).

Smart Folders

With smart folders, you can save your advanced searches.

To save a search query as a smart folder, follow these steps:

1. Execute an advanced search as described above.

2. Choose (save). The Create Smart Folder dialog opens.

3. Label the smart folder. You can also add a description.

SAP Signavio Process Manager User Guide

260 PUBLIC Search
 4. Confirm with Save.

The (smart folder) is created in the Smart Folders directory in the navigation panel of the explorer.

 Caution

The content of a smart folder changes dynamically according to the content of your workspace.

Manage smart folders

When you select (smart folder) and choose Edit, the following actions are available:

• Move
• Delete
• Change name/description

Search Results

The results are categorized by location:

• Found in title or directly in diagram

• Found in diagram elements
• Found in comments

You can collapse or extend the categories.

If a search returns many hits, they are displayed over several pages. To navigate the result pages, use the arrow
buttons next to the page number.

By default, search results are displayed in icon view. For list view, choose (list view) in the top right corner.

To return to icon view, choose (icon view).

For dictionary entries, the category shown is Linked diagrams of dictionary item. To search for dictionary
entries, use the search function in the dictionary. See section Full-text search [page 83] for details.

To access the folder in which an item is located, select the item and click Go to parent.

Return to the Default Explorer View

To leave the search results view, select any folder in the directory.

SAP Signavio Process Manager User Guide

Search PUBLIC 261
15 Collaboration

In SAP Signavio Process Manager, there are several ways to enable collaborators to contribute to your business
process and business decision landscape.

Fellow modelers in your workspace can by default edit and comment on all diagrams in the workspace's
Shared documents folder. You can also invite modelers to edit to call attention to a diagram. They can also
preview diagrams in SAP Signavio Process Collaboration Hub which also provides a reader-friendly diagram
presentation, with its full screen view and detailed documentation.

Stakeholders who do not have access to your workspace can be invited to comment on diagrams. The modeler
needs to send an invitation from the Explorer's Share menu to grant access. For external persons, the link acts
as a key to SAP Signavio Process Collaboration Hub where unregistered stakeholders can see and comment
on diagrams. The stakeholders click a link they receive by email that allows them to see and comment on
diagrams.

Exporting diagrams and sharing, saving or printing them is another collaborative option for modelers. This way,
diagrams can be transferred between SAP Signavio workspaces (SGX) and SAP Signavio and other modeling
softwares (BPMN 2.0 conform XML), saved locally, and sent by email (PDF, SVG or PNG) or printed out.

15.1 Invite Modelers to Edit a Diagram

After you created or updated a diagram you might want to notify your fellow modelers and invite them to
further refine the diagram. Or if you noticed that a diagram has not been updated for a long time, you might
want to invite your colleagues to check its actuality and have it updated if necessary.

 Note

To be able to edit a diagram directly in the editor, users must be registered in your workspace. Persons
who are not registered can use the commenting feature in SAP Signavio Process Collaboration Hub to
contribute indirectly (see Inviting process stakeholders to comment on a diagram [page 263]).

With Invite modeler to edit, you can send registered workspace users an invitation to edit diagrams. Unless
configured otherwise, all modelers in your workspace can edit diagrams that are stored in the Shared
documents folder. If you try to open a diagram while it is being edited by a colleague in the Editor, a warning
will be displayed. You can still edit the diagram, but if you save, you will override the changes made by your
colleagues.

To send an invitation email, proceed as follows:

1. Select a diagram.
2. Choose Share Invite modeler to edit in the menu bar. The dialog Invite modeler to edit opens.
3. Select the arrow to get to the next page.
4. All registered users with editing rights are displayed on the left. Select the people you want to invite.

SAP Signavio Process Manager User Guide

262 PUBLIC Collaboration
 5. Customize the invitation message (optional).
6. Choose Send.
An invitation email is sent to all selected users.

 Note

You cannot grant additional access rights to people using this dialog. It only sends notifications. If you
want to add more people to your workspace, ask your system administrator. To discuss your diagrams with
colleagues, you can also invite them to comment.

15.2 Inviting Stakeholders to Comment on a Diagram

How to invite internal and external stakeholders to edit or comment on diagrams, create stakeholder-specific
views, and how to withdraw commenting rights.

One of the most powerful features in collaborative process design is inviting process stakeholders to review and
comment on diagrams. This functionality allows you to get a large number of contributors involved. They do
not need to be modeling experts to work with you in SAP Signavio Process Collaboration Hub.

This way, you can invite people who have a deep understanding of the business process and can contribute
to proper process documentation and process innovation without having to be familiar with SAP Signavio
software.

A special feature of the commenting function is that the commentators do not need to be registered users in
your workspace. You can invite anybody via email to comment on your diagrams.

 Note

This section describes how you can invite colleagues who are not users of SAP Signavio Process Manager
to comment on diagrams. To take advantage of SAP Signavio Process Manager in the long term, however
we recommend that you use reading and commenting access rights in SAP Signavio Process Collaboration
Hub.

Inviting Collaborators in the Editor to Comment

 Note

This feature is available with the Hub and Suite license.

When you invite collaborators in the editor, the invited collaborator can view the unpublished diagram in SAP
Signavio Process Collaboration Hub preview and add comments.

If the collaborator has an account with a modeling license, the collaborator can also edit the diagram in the
editor and QuickModel.

Invited collaborators with no account have to create an account first.

SAP Signavio Process Manager User Guide

Collaboration PUBLIC 263
To invite stakeholders in the editor, follow these steps:

1. Open the diagram you want to share.

2. In the editor header, choose Share.
The dialog Share for feedback opens.
3. Enter the email addresses of the stakeholders you want to invite. Optionally, add a note to your invitation.
4. Choose Send.
An email invitation with a diagram link is sent. Stakeholders can view and comment on the diagrams.

Remove Collaborators

You can remove collaborators from the diagram. After removing access, collaborators can no longer view the
diagram and add comments.

1. Open the diagram you want to share.

2. In the editor header, choose Share.
The dialog Share for feedback opens.

3. Choose the email address of the collaborator you want to remove and choose (delete).
4. Confirm with Done.

Inviting New Stakeholders via Email

To send an invitation email, follow these steps:

1. In the explorer, select the diagram or the diagrams you want to share.
2. Choose Share Invite anyone for feedback .
The dialog for sending the invitation opens.
3. To change your diagram selection or to add additional diagrams, choose Choose diagrams.
4. Confirm your selection with Next.
5. Under Email addresses, paste the email addresses.
Multiple entries are separated by commas, semicolons, or line breaks.
6. To receive a copy of the invitation email, activate Send a copy to me.
7. If you have selected only one diagram, you can create a simplified view of the diagram. To do so, activate
Selection of a simplified view.
If you have selected multiple diagrams, this option is not available.
Read more in section Simplified views on diagrams [page 265].
8. Under Message, you can customize the invitation message.
9. Choose Send.
Invitation emails with a web link are sent. The link opens the diagrams in SAP Signavio Process
Collaboration Hub.

SAP Signavio Process Manager User Guide

264 PUBLIC Collaboration
  Note

Never forward a link that was sent to you. Anyone who has the link can view and comment on the diagram
in the name of the original recipient. In case a diagram link has been compromised, please contact our SAP
Signavio service experts from the SAP for Me portal .

Hint on Links in Invitation Emails

If single sign-on is enabled but not enforced in your workspace, the invitation emails generated using the share
option contain two web links:

• Access using single sign-on (requires a company email account)

The following applies:
• Users who are logged in to their company system are directly directed to SAP Signavio Process
Collaboration Hub.
• Logged out users need to enter their company credentials to log in.
• New users need to register with their company email and get a SAP Signavio account.
• Access as a guest (you will be asked to register with your name and email address)
The following applies:
• Users with a guest account log in with their guest account credentials.
• New users need to register.

Single sign-on is configured by your workspace administrator, read more in section Single sign-on using SAML.

Simplified Views on Diagrams

When inviting a colleague to comment on a diagram, it is possible to create simplified views.

Simplified views can ease reading a diagram, especially if the colleague you invited is not a modeling expert.
You can also hide irrelevant information to make viewing diagrams easier.

Creating While Inviting

As described above, simplified views can be created while inviting colleagues to comment on a diagram.

Follow these steps:

1. Choose Selection of a simplified view or check the box in front of it.

The Selection of a simplified view dialog opens.
2. In the Create simplified view tab, you can simplify the diagram view by hiding element types.
As soon as an element type gets chosen or dismissed, the preview refreshes.

SAP Signavio Process Manager User Guide

Collaboration PUBLIC 265
3. If you have created your desired view, choose on OK to return to the Invite anyone for feedbackdialog.
4. Follow the steps to invite to comment as described above.

Creating a Stakeholder-Specific View

You can create simplified diagram views in the editor before you invite stakeholders to comment.

1. Open the diagram in the editor.

2. In the attribute panel, choose Create new view under Views.
The dialog View configuration opens.
3. If no views have been created for this diagram, you can configure a simplified view by selecting which
element types you'd like to be hidden.
As soon as an element type gets chosen or dismissed, the preview refreshes.
4. Specify a name for the simplified view and if you want, a description.
5. If there are already existing simplified views for this diagram, choose one from the drop-down menu.

SAP Signavio Process Manager User Guide

266 PUBLIC Collaboration
 6. Confirm with OK.

Withdrawing Commenting Rights

Use the Manage access rights dialog to view the collaborators that were invited to comment on a diagram.

1. Choose Share then Manage feedback invitations in the menu bar.

The Manage feedback invitations dialog opens.
All email addresses that have received an email invitation are listed.
2. If you want to remove commenting rights for a particular person, choose Remove next to the
corresponding email address.
A confirmation dialog opens.
3. Choose Yes to confirm the deletion.
4. If you are an administrator, you can also manage invitations to comment in the Security center. To do so,
choose Setup Manage access rights in the menu bar.
The settings dialog opens.
5. Choose the Access Rights tab.
You find the invitations under Additional access rights.
6. Select a diagram on the left and choose Remove next to the email address whose access rights you want to
revoke.

SAP Signavio Process Manager User Guide

Collaboration PUBLIC 267
Read more on security settings in section Managing users and access rights.

15.3 Comments

Comments are displayed in the comment panel. To open the comment panel, choose (Comment). You

can also open the comment panel directly from (Notifications) when you receive a notification about new
comments.

 Note

Comments are only visible for the last published revision and the newest revision.

View Comments

All comments on a diagram are visible in the comment panel by default.

Comments on model elements are labeled with the element name.

You can still access comments on elements that were deleted during the editing process. These comments
become process level comments and they are labeled to indicate that they refer to a deleted element.

SAP Signavio Process Manager User Guide

268 PUBLIC Collaboration
Filter Comments by Status

To filter by comment status, choose Status and select a status from the list.

To clear status filters, select All from the list.

Filter Comments by Element

To display comments for one element only, you have the following options:

• Choose Element and select an element from the list.

• Choose an element label.

To clear an element filter, you have the following options:

• Choose (Clear) next to the element filter.

• Choose Back to all comments.

 Note

When you are viewing only comments for an element, new comments are added as comments on this
element. Clear the element filter to add a comment on the diagram.

Add Comments to Diagram

1. Open a diagram.

2. Choose (Comment). The comment panel opens.

3. Enter your comment and choose Comment. The comment is posted and collaborators are notified.

Add Comments to an Element

1. Open a diagram.
2. Choose an element. The comment panel for the element opens.
3. Choose Add comment.
4. Enter your comment and click Comment. The comment is posted and is labeled with the element name.
Collaborators are notified.

SAP Signavio Process Manager User Guide

Collaboration PUBLIC 269
Reply to Comments

1. Open a diagram.

2. Choose (Comment). The comment panel opens.

3. In the comment, choose Reply.
4. Enter your comment and choose Comment. The comment is posted in a comment thread under the
original comment.

Additional replies can be added to the comment thread.

Mentioning Others in Comments

When you want to address a comment directly to someone, you can mention this person in a comment.
Mention someone by typing an @ followed by their name while you enter a comment. When you mention
someone in a comment, they are notified.

Edit Comments

1. Choose (More actions) in the comment and select Edit.

2. Change your comment.
3. Choose Save. Edited comments are marked as edited.

Reject Comments

Reject comments that don't trigger any changes to the diagram, for example because other changes make it
obsolete.

When you reject a comment, it is hidden in the default comment view in SAP Signavio Process Collaboration
Hub. SAP Signavio Process Collaboration Hub users can still view rejected comments when they select
Rejected when filtering comments by status.

To reject a comment, choose (more options) in the comment and select Reject. The comment is labeled
Rejected and hidden in the default comment view.

To display a rejected comment again, choose (more options) and select Show.

SAP Signavio Process Manager User Guide

270 PUBLIC Collaboration
Resolve Comments

When you resolve a comment, it signifies to your collaborators that the comment has been taken care of.

To resolve a comment, choose Resolve. Resolved comments are labeled Resolved. Users who posted a
comment get notified when their comment is resolved.

To re-open a comment, choose Re-open. The Resolved label is removed. Users who posted a comment get
notified when their comment is reopened.

 Note

Your changes are saved immediately. The number of updated comments is shown.

To make changes to the comment status visible to collaborators, you need to save the diagram.

The status changes only for the first comment in a commenting thread.

Delete Comments

 Note

Deleting comments can't be undone.

1. Choose (More actions) in the comment and select Delete.

2. Confirm the deletion in the dialog.

Comment Notifications

You get notified for the following events:

• Someone posts a new comment

• Someone mentions you in a comment
• Someone replies to one of your comments
• One of your comments is resolved, rejected, or reopened

 Note

Modelers get notified for all revisions, SAP Signavio Process Collaboration Hub users only get notified
about actions on the published revision.

SAP Signavio Process Manager User Guide

Collaboration PUBLIC 271
15.4 Granting Read-Only Access to Diagrams

SAP Signavio allows you to share diagrams with collaborators in read-only mode. For read only access without
the commenting option, create a link to send to your colleagues via the embedding function.

The system allows you to generate a link to a PNG-picture representation of your diagram.

Follow these steps:

1. Choose Share, then Embed diagram in the menu bar.

2. If the embedding function for this diagram has been activated, you can copy the link in the Simple image
tab using the key combination CTRL+C.
3. Now you can paste this link in an email and send it to the desired recipient.

When opening the diagram via this link, the most recent version of it will be displayed.

 Note

To revoke link access and at the same time stop all sharing and embedding of a diagram, click Stop sharing
the diagram for read-only access in the Embed diagram window.

15.5 Publishing Diagrams in SAP Signavio Process

Collaboration Hub

Every modeler who has the corresponding rights to publish a diagram can publish it in SAP Signavio Process
Collaboration Hub. You can also define and use approval workflows to publish diagrams. Read about this in the
section Approval workflows [page 288].

Apart from diagrams, pictures and files stored in your SAP Signavio file storage can be made available in SAP
Signavio Process Collaboration Hub too. Publishing those files is similar to publishing diagrams. Depending on
your configuration settings, you might need to explicitly publish dictionary entries. Read more about publishing
dictionary entries in the section Publishing dictionary entries [page 83].

 Note

Administrators can grant users the right to publish, edit or delete diagrams in the Shared documents folder.
Please contact an administrator and ask them for the corresponding rights if you cannot access these
options. You can learn how to grant access rights in the section Defining access rights.

To publish a diagram, proceed as follows:

1. In the menu bar, choose Share then Publish to SAP Signavio Process Collaboration Hub. The corresponding
dialog box opens.
2. Select the diagrams you want to publish. You can publish up to 1024 diagrams at once.
3. To publish an older revision of the diagram or to revert changes to a published diagram, use the activity
feed of the diagram. Select a diagram and choose Expand in the lower left corner of the Explorer.
Alternatively, you can select the space bar on your keyboard.

SAP Signavio Process Manager User Guide

272 PUBLIC Collaboration
 4. In case the feed tab is not opened by default, choose Feed button.

5. The activity feed will now be displayed. Select the revision you want to publish.

6. Now, choose Publish revision. A confirmation dialog box opens.

SAP Signavio Process Manager User Guide

Collaboration PUBLIC 273
7. Proceed by choosing Yes. Now, your diagram is published to SAP Signavio Process Collaboration Hub.

 Note

Just one revision of a diagram can be published. To publish multiple revisions, save a copy of the
diagram and then publish the corresponding revision.

Revoke a Published Diagram

To revoke a published diagram, proceed as follows:

1. Select one diagram or several diagrams at once, which you want to unpublish.
2. Choose in the menu bar Share and then Unpublish from SAP Signavio Process Collaboration Hub . The
selected diagrams are now unpublished.

To revoke a single published diagram, you can also use its activity feed.

1. Select a diagram and choose Expand in the lower left corner of the Explorer. Alternatively, you can hit the
space bar on your keyboard.

SAP Signavio Process Manager User Guide

274 PUBLIC Collaboration
 2. In case the feed tab is not opened by default, choose Feed.

3. Subsequently, select the publish event in the activity feed.

4. Choose Unpublish:

SAP Signavio Process Manager User Guide

Collaboration PUBLIC 275
Now, the diagram will no longer be available in SAP Signavio Process Collaboration Hub.

Opening a Diagram's Published Revision

It is often useful to know what the published version of a particular diagram looks like in SAP Signavio Process
Collaboration Hub. To find this out, select the diagram in the Explorer and click Share - Open published version.

15.6 Inviting Users to Access a Diagram in SAP Signavio

Process Collaboration Hub

In many situations, you may want to point one or several readers to a specific diagram.

For this purpose, you can send emails containing the link to a diagram in SAP Signavio Process Collaboration
Hub and additional information via the explorer invite.

To invite users to access published diagrams, proceed as follows:

1. Select a published diagram.

2. Choose Share, then Invite to SAP Signavio Process Collaboration Hub in the menu bar.
3. Insert the email addresses of the recipients.
4. (Optional) Edit the message text.
5. You can also send a copy of the invitation email to yourself.
6. Choose Send. The invitation message is sent to the selected email addresses.

SAP Signavio Process Manager User Guide

276 PUBLIC Collaboration
  Note

You can also use this feature to encourage somebody to have a look at SAP Signavio Process Collaboration
Hub in general. Open the Invite to SAP Signavio Process Collaboration Hub dialog without selecting a
diagram. The link in the email will lead to the entry point of SAP Signavio Process Collaboration Hub.

15.7 Organizing Diagrams

SAP Signavio offers a variety of functionalities for organizing diagrams.

Find out more about

• Working with folders and diagrams [page 28]

• Search [page 259]
• Viewing diagram details [page 26]
• Migrate diagrams to BPMN 2.0 [page 127]
• Work with modeling conventions [page 56]
• Display attribute overlays [page 65]

The diagram preview provides information about a diagram and its revisions in the Explorer.

15.8 The Notification and Activity Feed

Once you have created diagrams and then updated or changed them at least once, you have the option to see
what was changed by whom at what time in the activity panel.

SAP Signavio Process Manager User Guide

Collaboration PUBLIC 277
When you select folders or diagrams, the explorer displays the activity panel at the bottom of the screen:

The activity panel provides diagram details.

Notification Configuration

 Note

Notifications need to be enabled by your workspace administrator.

In the activity panel, you can set how frequently you receive email updates about specific diagram(s) or
folder(s). If you subscribe to a folder, you will receive updates regarding all the diagrams and sub-folders
contained within. You can daily, weekly or monthly notifications. Alternately, you can unsubscribe from
notifications entirely.

Manage email notifications about updates of the selected diagram or folder.

SAP Signavio Process Manager User Guide

278 PUBLIC Collaboration
  Note

Your notifications are sent in a single email.

Additional Functions

The activity panel provides a preview of the diagram/folder as well as detailed information and management
options regarding its version history.

To access this preview, proceed as follows:

1. Select a diagram/folder.
2. Choose Expand in the lower left corner of the Explorer. Alternately, you can use the space bar on your
keyboard:

3. The panel expands, providing a visual overview of the diagram:

4. To view the activity feed and manage the change and version history of the diagram, choose Feed button.
The activity feed will now be displayed.

SAP Signavio Process Manager User Guide

Collaboration PUBLIC 279
5. Hovering over the timeline provides you with specific time spans.

6. To gain a visual overview over an activity, choose Activity description.

The visualization will highlight the elements that have been changed.

SAP Signavio Process Manager User Guide

280 PUBLIC Collaboration
 7. The overview also provides links to publish or comment the revision and to switch to the diagram
comparison (see section Comparison [page 66]).
8. If the selected revision is not the latest revision of the diagram, it is also possible to restore the revision (see
section Restore older revisions of a diagram [page 37]):

SAP Signavio Process Manager User Guide

Collaboration PUBLIC 281
9. To get a more detailed view on an activity set, it can be opened to show all its single activities by clicking the
dots on the grey stripe at the right side. Each activity will be displayed separately:

10. To hide the panel again, choose the space bar or choose Collapse.

15.9 Translating Diagrams

 Note

Access to this feature depends on your license. For more information, contact your workspace
administrator.

You can model your diagrams in multiple languages. This allows viewers and modelers who do not understand
your standard diagram language to collaborate with you.

Multilingualism is a feature which is available in the Editor, SAP Signavio Process Collaboration Hub and in the
Dictionary. You need to configure languages in the Explorer (see section Configure language settings for all
users) to use this feature.

The following explains how to translate a diagram and the modeling elements. Note that you need to have
already defined your desired language in the Explorer.

Changing the Language

When creating a new diagram, it will be displayed in the default language of the workspace. To change the
default language, read the section Set a default language.

The current language of a diagram can be switched in the editor via the drop-down list on the
right side of the upper toolbar.

 Note

If the list is not visible for you, it is possible that there are no languages defined for your workspace. As a
workspace administrator, you can define a set of available languages in the Explorer's configuration dialog,
which is described in the section Configure language settings for all users.

SAP Signavio Process Manager User Guide

282 PUBLIC Collaboration
Select one of the available languages. The diagram will adapt to the language immediately and may look like
the following:

The highlighted elements have not been translated into English, yet.

Diagram elements that were already translated are displayed will be displayed normally. In our example, the
task 'Problem lösen' was already translated. If the label was formatted, this formatting will be kept.

Diagram elements that are not yet translated are highlighted in red--in this example, the incoming message
event 'Lieferung der Ware' is only available in German (thus, the "de" in brackets).

The following chapter describes how diagram elements can be translated.

Translating Diagrams

Translating diagrams means defining a translation for each diagram element in each required language, which
can include all element labels and documentation.

This chapter describes how diagrams can be translated into other languages. This is especially useful when
multiple people are involved on the translation, each translated into one language. Later in this chapter, you will
learn how to translate a diagram in different languages at the same time.

The following example shows a translation from English to German:

1. First, select which language you want to translate. Proceed as explained above. Elements that were not yet
translated are highlighted in red.
2. Double-click an element to define its label.

SAP Signavio Process Manager User Guide

Collaboration PUBLIC 283
3. Select somewhere on the canvas to accept the new label. The translation will now be stored in the attribute
panel on the right.

4. In the attribute panel, you can also add documentation in the current language.

Translate the remaining diagram elements in the same way. After saving the diagram, it will be accessible in all
languages of the workspace.

Translating Diagrams into Multiple Languages at the Same Time

Sometimes, a modeler might want to define a diagram in multiple languages while modeling the diagram. In
this case, it is recommended to have the required languages set available while modeling.

1. Add languages to the diagram via the language tool of the Editor toolbar.
2. Select all the languages you want to work with in your diagram. They will appear in the attribute panel on
the right hand side.

SAP Signavio Process Manager User Guide

284 PUBLIC Collaboration
 3. Now you translate diagram elements into the desired languages simultaneously in the attribute panel by
simply entering the translations into the corresponding columns and lines.
4. To view the result in the other languages, switch the display language on the flag icon in the toolbar.

Migrating Diagrams to a Different Language

You can migrate the contents of a digram from one language to another. This is especially helpful when
switching between dialects of a specific language (for example, British English to American/Canadian English).
or if the diagram was created in the wrong language and you want to correct this.

 Note

When opening a diagram, the system will ask you for the diagram language if no default is defined.

To migrate a diagram into another language, proceed as follows:

1. Choose the language drop-down list, then select Migrate diagram to a different language. The
corresponding dialog box opens.

SAP Signavio Process Manager User Guide

Collaboration PUBLIC 285
2. Now choose the source and the target language for the migration. You can choose between all languages
that are defined for the workspace.
3. Optionally, you can delete information in the source language. Activate the checkbox Delete original texts to
do so.
4. Choose OK. A confirmation prompt is displayed.
5. Confirm with Yes.

In this example a diagram was created without language definitions. The content was defined in German. As
the workspaces' default language is English, the diagram was configured to be in English when the language
tools were activated. The content is now supposed to be migrated from German to English and the German
contents are supposed to be removed.

Translating Diagram, Folder, and File Names

 Caution

Keep in mind that translations that you make within the framework of this feature are only visible in SAP
Signavio Process Collaboration Hub.

1. Select the name of a diagram, folder or file name you want to translate in the Explorer.
2. Open the Edit menu and choose Change name/description (for files and folders) or Rename (for diagrams).
3. Now you can add translations of the name in all available languages.

SAP Signavio Process Manager User Guide

286 PUBLIC Collaboration
 4. Choose Change name/description or Rename to save your settings.

Related Information

Translate Content with PO Files [page 338]

15.10 Executing Processes in SAP Signavio Process

Governance

 Note

SAP Signavio Process Governance is a platform for process governance. To use the SAP Signavio Process
Governance integration, you need to purchase SAP Signavio Process Governance licenses. For more
information, contact [email protected].

SAP Signavio Process Manager User Guide

Collaboration PUBLIC 287
To switch from the explorer to SAP Signavio Process Governance, click SAP Signavio Process Governance -
Open workflows in SAP Signavio Process Governance:

If the process has not been deployed to SAP Signavio Process Governance and you are the workspace owner,
you can deploy the process (see section Process deployment).

Read more on process execution in the user guide of SAP Signavio Process Governance.

15.11 Working with Approval Workflows

 Note

We are working on expanding and improving the functions related to process governance.

For more information about SAP Signavio Process Governance, contact [email protected].

For this function, the installation of SAP Signavio Process Governance is necessary in addition to SAP
Signavio Process Manager. The approval workflow functionality can only be activated if SAP Signavio Process
Governance was successfully installed.

Approval workflows enable you to control validation of diagrams before publishing. Approval workflows ensure
that decision makers and BPM experts review and approve the quality and factual correctness of a diagram
before it is published in SAP Signavio Process Collaboration Hub.

Approval workflows make sure that diagrams have been approved by a list of users before they are published in
SAP Signavio Process Collaboration Hub.

Approval workflows can be configured to automatically publish an approved diagram to SAP Signavio Process
Collaboration Hub, or to send rejected diagrams back for editing.

In the explorer, diagrams are marked as follows:

a diagram currently being approved is marked with a cog-

wheel

a rejected diagram is marked with a red X

an approved diagram with a green check mark

SAP Signavio Process Manager User Guide

288 PUBLIC Collaboration
 a published diagram with a globe icon.

Start an approval workflow

You can start approval workflows for diagrams of all types.

Follow these steps:

1. Select the diagram you want to have approved in the explorer.

2. In the menu bar, select Share > Start approval workflow.
3. In the dialog, click the link to open the workflow instance in SAP Signavio Process Governance.
4. In case there is more than one approval workflow for your workspace, select the approval workflow you
want to start from the drop-down menu and then click Start.

5. You receive a confirmation that the approval workflow has been started successfully. This dialog also
contains a link to the workflow instance.

If the diagram is approved, you can see that the approval status of the diagram has been updated in the
explorer.

SAP Signavio Process Manager User Guide

Collaboration PUBLIC 289
Work on approval tasks assigned to you

This section describes how you work as a recipient of an approval workflow task.

As soon as a modeler requests an approval from you, you receive an email with a link to the case in SAP
Signavio Process Governance.

Follow these steps:

1. Click the link to open the approval task. The approval task opens in SAP Signavio Process Governance.
2. Check whether the corresponding diagram fulfills your requirements.
3. Click the Show comments link to open the diagram in the commenting view.
4. Click the Compare revisions link to get a better overview over recent changes via the Comparison [page 66]
tool.
5. Open the explorer to access further functions:
• To open the diagram again, double-click it or select it and click Show comments, then Compare
revisions/diagrams.
• To check whether a diagram complies with modeling conventions, select Modeling conventions (XLSX).
The report is especially helpful when you conduct a formal approval with focus on BPMN quality.
• To point a colleague to a diagram, select the diagram you want to share and select Invite to SAP
Signavio Process Collaboration Hub.
• Start approval workflow triggers a new approval workflow case for the selected diagram.
• To get an overview of all pending approval workflows, you can either click Show started approval WFs or
Open approval task list in the upper panel.
Show started approval WFs provides a basic overview in the explorer, whereas Open approval task list
opens a more detailed, filterable view in SAP Signavio Process Governance.
6. Once you have finished the review, go back to the approval case in SAP Signavio Process Governance to
approve or reject the change.
In the explorer, a rejected diagram is marked with a red X, an approved diagram with a green check mark,
and a published diagram with a globe icon.

Processing open approval tasks

Follow these steps:

1. In the menu bar, select Share >Open approval task list.

You are redirected to your SAP Signavio Process Governance workspace. Here you can see your tasks.
2. Click a task to open it.
3. Click the corresponding buttons to complete the task.
4. In the menu bar, select Share >, then Show started approval WFs. A dialog with an overview of running (and
completed) approval workflows opens.
• If you have selected a diagram before opening the dialog, all approval workflows for this diagram are
displayed.
• If you have selected a folder, all approval workflows for diagrams in the selected folder are displayed.
• If you haven't selected anything, all approval workflows of the folder that is open are displayed.
5. You can activate the check box Show completed approval workflows to include completed workflows in the
list.

SAP Signavio Process Manager User Guide

290 PUBLIC Collaboration
 The entries are sorted by creation date. Approval requests that are in progress are shown first, followed by
completed approval requests.

SAP Signavio Process Manager User Guide

Collaboration PUBLIC 291
16 Reports

SAP Signavio Process Manager allows you to create various customizable reports in the form of spreadsheets
or as PDF files. This enables business users to analyze your process hierarchy offline, and in formats decision
makers and analysts are already familiar with.

For reports in spreadsheet format, you can include up to 50,000 diagrams.

The standard reports that are accessible via the explorer's Reporting dropdown menu cover most business use
cases. If you require a special kind of report that is not provided by the tool, you can ask one of your workspace
administrators to create a custom template.

 Note

Many of the reports access default dictionary categories during the generation process. In case you
suspect that your dictionary configuration causes problems during the generation of a report, take a look at
the section Defining custom categories for dictionary entries.

Process Documentation and Templates

It is possible to export process documentation documents as PDF and Microsoft Word files. Process
documentation documents are comprehensive documents that contain both diagram graphics as well as
relevant diagram attributes, such as description and responsibilities.

As a workspace administrator, you can create individual templates for process documentation reports. A guide
on how to create new templates can be found in the corresponding chapter of this manual. Once created, a
custom template can then be selected during the creation of a process documentation report.

Read more about:

• Generating process documentation reports [page 294]

• Managing and creating process documentation templates

Analysis

SAP Signavio Process Manager provides a possibility to set key performance indicators (KPI) in event-driven
process chains (EPC) and BPMN 2.0 process diagrams, which allows detailed process analyses.

Read more about:

• Creating quantitative process analysis reports [page 304]

• Creating process cost analysis reports [page 305]
• Creating resource consumption analysis reports [page 306]

SAP Signavio Process Manager User Guide

292 PUBLIC Reports
Furthermore, qualitative reports can be created for BPMN 2.0 diagrams and EPC:

• Generating responsibility handovers matrices [page 296]

• Generating IT system usage matrices [page 298]
• Generating job profile reports [page 299]
• Generating risks management reports [page 299]
• Generating modeling convention reports [page 300]
• Generating document usage matrices [page 301]

Process Model Metric and Process characteristics

A process model metric contains information about the usage of diagram element types and can be created for
any diagram type:

• Generating process model metrics [page 303]

To create a summary of element details that are used in your BPMN 2.0 or EPC diagrams, read the following
chapter:

• Generating process characteristics reports [page 302]

User and Group Assignment

Workspace administrators can create reports that list for each user the groups the user is a member of:

• Generating user group reports [page 307]

Governance Report

Workspace administrators can access usage data of your workspace with the governance report. For example,
you can see at a glance how many process models have been created.

• Viewing governance reports [page 307]

SAP Signavio Process Manager User Guide

Reports PUBLIC 293
16.1 Generating Process Documentation Reports

With the process documentation report in SAP Signavio Process Manager you can generate a report that
includes information about diagrams, element descriptions and dictionary entries in your organization. The
process documentation report comes in PDF or Microsoft Word format.

 Note

This section describes all options for this function. Which options are available depends on your license and
the settings made by your workspace administrator.

In SAP Signavio Process Manager you can generate process documentation reports. These reports contain all
your diagrams, including all element descriptions, and dictionary entries.

You can generate process documentation report in a PDF or Microsoft Word format.

Generate a Process Documentation (PDF) Report

Follow these steps:

1. Open the explorer and choose Reporting Process documentation (PDF) .

The process documentation (PDF) dialog opens.
2. Select the required diagrams.
3. To add a filter, choose Add filter.
The edit filters dialog opens.
4. Select a folder from the drop-down list where you want to search in.
5. Define the rules for the filter query.
6. Confirm with OK.
Diagrams discovered by the filter query are selected for the process documentation (PDF) report.
The Edit filters dialog opens and displays the number of results returned from your filter query.
7. Choose OK.
8. In the Configuration section, select a template for the report from the Template drop-down list.
If there are existing custom process documentation templates, you can use them when creating a process
documentation report. Otherwise, the SAP Signavio template is set by default.
9. Select the required language for the report from the Language drop-down list.
10. Enter information for the Title, Organization, Author, Date, and Version fields.
11. In the Export linked subprocesses section, select which linked subprocesses must be included in the report
from the drop-down list.
The following options are available:
• No linked subprocesses
• Linked subprocesses of all levels
• Linked subprocesses of the first level
12. Choose Generate documentation.

The process documentation report in PDF format generates. Access the report from your browser's downloads
folder.

SAP Signavio Process Manager User Guide

294 PUBLIC Reports
Generate a Process Documentation (Word) Report

Follow these steps:

1. Open the explorer and choose Reporting > Process documentation (Word).
The process documentation (Word) dialog opens.
2. Select the required diagrams.
3. To add a filter, choose Add filter.
The edit filters dialog opens.
4. Select a folder from the drop-down list where you want to search in.
5. Define the rules for the filter query.
6. Choose OK.
Diagrams discovered by the filter query are selected for the process documentation (Word) report.
The edit filters dialog opens and displays the number of results returned from your filter query.
7. Choose OK.
8. In the Configuration section, select a template for the report from the Templatedrop-down list.
If there are existing custom process documentation templates, you can use them when creating a process
documentation report. Otherwise, the SAP Signavio template is set by default.
9. Select the required language for the report from the Language drop-down list.
10. Enter information for the Title, Organization, Author, Date, and Version fields.
11. In the Export linked subprocesses section, select which linked subprocesses must be included in the report
from the drop-down list.
The following options are available:
• No linked subprocesses
• Linked subprocesses of all levels
• Linked subprocesses of the first level
12. Choose Generate documentation.
The Important information dialog opens.
13. The dialog indicates that the table of contents won't be up-to-date when opening the generated report.
Choose OK and follow the steps described below after the report generation is complete.

The process documentation report in Word format generates. Access the report from your browser's
downloads folder.

Updating the table of contents in Microsoft Word

Follow these steps:

1. Open the process documentation (Word) report.

SAP Signavio Process Manager User Guide

Reports PUBLIC 295
2. Select the table of contents and choose F9 or right-select each table of contents entry and choose Update
Field.

The table of contents updates with the correct page numbers.

16.2 Responsibility Assignment Matrix / RACI Report

See how to generate the responsibility assignment matrix / RACI report in SAP Signavio Process Manager.

The responsibility assignment matrix / RACI report creates an XLSX file which displays the responsibilities for
activities in the selected BPMN diagrams. Read Responsibility assignment according to RACI [page 115] for
more information.

 Note

You can include up to 50,000 diagrams. Depending on the number of diagrams, report generation can take
up to an hour, and you need to keep the browser tab that started the generation open.

This section explains how to generate the responsibility assignment matrix / RACI report.

1. Open the explorer and choose Reporting > Responsibility assignment matrix / RACI.
The Responsibility assignment matrix / RACI dialog opens.
2. Select one or multiple diagrams to include in the report.
3. You can select the following options:
• Use merged cells in output spreadsheet
• Export file as XLS (Excel 97)
4. Choose Start analysis.
5. The responsibility assignment matrix / RACI report generates. The file is saved to your browser's download
folder.

16.3 Responsibility Handovers Matrix Report

See how to generate the responsibility handovers matrix report in SAP Signavio Process Manager.

When different roles or organizations participate on processes, the process flow gets handed over from one
participant to another at defined places. These roles are represented as pools and lanes in BPMN 2.0 process
diagrams. Event-driven process chains (EPC) use attached roles, positions and organizations. A responsibility
handover can be either a sequence or an information flow.

SAP Signavio Process Manager User Guide

296 PUBLIC Reports
The Responsibility handovers matrix report creates an Excel file that contains information for each diagram
that is included in the report. The responsibility handovers matrix calculation considers pools, lanes, and in
case of Event-driven process chains (EPC), the attached roles, as well as links to organizational dictionary
entries.

 Note

You can include up to 50,000 diagrams. Depending on the number of diagrams, report generation can take
up to an hour, and you need to keep the browser tab that started the generation open.

This section explains how to generate a Responsibility handovers matrix report for a BPMN 2.0 process
diagram. These steps also work for Event-driven process chains (EPC).

1. Open the explorer and choose Reporting Responsibility handovers matrix .

The Responsibility handovers matrix dialog opens.
2. Select one or more diagrams to include in the report.
3. Select the required language of the report.
4. You can select the following options:
• Use merged cells in output spreadsheet
• Export file as XLS (Excel 97)
5. Choose Start analysis.
The responsibility handovers matrix report generates. The file is saved to your browser's download folder.
6. The responsibility handovers matrix report displays the Responsibility Handovers, Internal Handovers, and
External Handovers for the selected diagrams. Select the required tabs to view the information.

 Note

If custom attributes linking to organizational dictionary entries were defined, they are included in the
calculation.

SAP Signavio Process Manager User Guide

Reports PUBLIC 297
16.4 IT System Usage Matrix Reports

BPMN 2.0 process diagrams and Event-driven process chains (EPC) can attach IT systems information to a
task. With BPMN, those IT systems can be tagged as an 'Input' or an 'Output'.

The IT system usage matrix reports creates an assignment matrix that shows which IT systems data is read
from during an activity, and which IT system data is written to. You can choose whether the assignments refer
to diagrams or roles. The report also includes IT systems that are linked as dictionary entries from a custom
defined attribute.

 Note

You can include up to 50,000 diagrams. Depending on the number of diagrams, report generation can take
up to an hour, and you need to keep the browser tab that started the generation open.

This section explains how to generate IT system usage matrix reports for a BPMN 2.0 process diagram. These
steps also work for Event-driven process chain (EPC) diagrams.

Generate the IT System Usage Matrix (by Diagrams) Report

Follow these steps:

1. Open the explorer and choose Reporting > IT system usage matrix (by diagrams).
The IT system usage matrix (by diagrams) dialog opens.
2. Select one or multiple diagrams to include in the report.
3. You can select the following options:
• Use merged cells in output spreadsheet
• Export file as XLS (Excel 97)
4. Choose Start analysis.

The IT system usage matrix (by diagrams) report generates. The file is saved to your browser's download
folder.

Generate the IT System Usage Matrix (by Roles) Report

Follow these steps:

1. Open the explorer and click Reporting > IT system usage matrix (by roles).
The IT system usage matrix (by roles) dialog opens.
2. Select one or multiple diagrams to include in the report.
3. You can select the following options:
• Use merged cells in output spreadsheet
• Export file as XLS (Excel 97)
4. Choose Start analysis.

SAP Signavio Process Manager User Guide

298 PUBLIC Reports
The IT system usage matrix (by roles) report generates. The file is saved to your browser's download folder.

 Note

If custom attributes linking to organizational dictionary entries were defined, those will also be included in
the calculation.

16.5 Job Profile Report

See how to generate the Job Profile report in SAP Signavio Process Manager.

In SAP Signavio Process Manager you can automatically create job profiles based on your documented process
landscape. The Job Profile report allows you to view all activities that an organizational role is involved in.

In contrast to the diagram-centered RACI report, the Job Profile report creates a role-specific matrix over all
workspace diagrams.

 Note

You can include up to 50,000 diagrams. Depending on the number of diagrams, report generation can take
up to an hour, and you need to keep the browser tab that started the generation open.

This section explains how to generate a Job Profile report in SAP Signavio Process Manager.

1. Open the explorer and choose Dictionary.

The dictionary opens in a new tab.
2. Select the required organizational roles and choose Import / Export > Export Job Profile Report.
The Job Profile report generates. The file is saved to your browser's download folder.

16.6 Risk & Controls Report

See how to generate the risk & controls report in SAP Signavio Process Manager.

 Note

Access to this feature depends on your license. For more information, contact your workspace
administrator.

With SAP Signavio Process Manager's integrated risk management feature, you have the ability to define risks
and controls directly at any step of a process within the process model. These risks and controls can be defined
and then associated with the corresponding activities.

You can use the risk & controls report to view an overview of potential risks and related controls. This report
summarizes all information about the risks and controls in the selected process models.

SAP Signavio Process Manager User Guide

Reports PUBLIC 299
  Note

You can include up to 50,000 diagrams. Depending on the number of diagrams, report generation can take
up to an hour, and you need to keep the browser tab that started the generation open.

The section explains how to generate the Risk & controls report.

1. Open the explorer and choose Reporting Risk & controls report .
The Risk & controls report dialog opens.
2. Select one or multiple diagrams to include in the report.
3. You select the following options:
• Use merged cells in output spreadsheet
• Export file as XLS (Excel97)
4. Expand the Show additional attributes in the report option. The following attribute options are available:
• Documentation
• Process target
• Process maturity level
• Process owner
• IOS9000ff relevant
• Responsible

 Note

It isn't possible to include table attributes. You can't select risk management attributes on diagram
level as the report includes them by default.

5. Choose Start analysis.

6. The risk & controls report generates. The file is saved to your browser's download folder.

16.7 Modeling Conventions Report

See how to generate the modeling conventions report in SAP Signavio Process Manager.

With the modeling conventions report you can create a report that checks if the selected diagrams are
compliant according to a specified modeling convention.

 Note

You can include up to 50,000 diagrams. Depending on the number of diagrams, report generation can take
up to an hour, and you need to keep the browser tab that started the generation open.

SAP Signavio Process Manager User Guide

300 PUBLIC Reports
This section explains how to generate the Modeling conventions report.

1. Open the explorer and choose Reporting Modeling conventions .

The Modeling conventions dialog opens.
2. Select one or multiple diagrams to include in the report.
3. Choose Add filter to add filters to the report.
The Edit filters dialog opens.
4. Specify the folder you want the report to search in for diagrams using the Please choose folder drop-down.
5. Specify the filter conditions. You can configure the Diagram information and Custom diagram attributes
filter conditions.
6. Choose OK.
7. Select a modeling convention from the Modeling conventions section. The following default conventions
are available:
• SAP Signavio Process Governance BPMN 2.0 conventions
• BPMN Method & Style conventions
• SAP Signavio Best Practices for BPMN 2.0

 Note

Custom modeling conventions are also available in the Modeling conventions section. Read Managing
modeling conventions for more information.

8. Choose Start analysis.

The modeling conventions report generates. The file is saved to your browser's download folder.

16.8 Document Usage Matrix Report

See how to generate the Documents usage matrix report in SAP Signavio Process Manager.

Data objects can be attached to an activity in BPMN 2.0 and are indicated as an input or output. In Event-driven
process chain (EPC) diagrams, documents can be attached to functions. The Documents usage matrix report
creates an Excel file for one or multiple diagrams describing the assignment of documents to tasks. Linked
dictionary entries representing a document are also included in the report.

SAP Signavio Process Manager User Guide

Reports PUBLIC 301
  Note

You can include up to 50,000 diagrams. Depending on the number of diagrams, report generation can take
up to an hour, and you need to keep the browser tab that started the generation open.

The Documents usage matrix report displays the documents that are attached to an element as a BPMN
attribute as either 'Input' or 'Output' documents. For Event-driven process chain (EPC) diagrams, an
information flow can be directed using the 'Information Flow' attribute.

 Note

If there are custom attributes defined which link to dictionary entries that represent documents, they are
included in the calculation.

This section explains how to generate a Documents usage matrix report for a BPMN 2.0 process diagram.
These steps also work for Event-driven process chain (EPC) diagrams.

1. Open the explorer and choose Reporting Documents usage matrix .

The Documents usage matrix dialog opens.
2. Select one or multiple diagrams to include in the report.
3. You can select the following options:
• Use merged cells in output spreadsheet
• Export file as XLS (Excel 97)
4. Choose Start analysis.
5. The Documents usage matrix report generates. The file is saved to your browser's download folder.

16.9 Process Characteristics with Element Details Report

See how to generate the process characteristics with element details report in SAP Signavio Process Manager.

The Process characteristics with element details report is an Excel file that contains an overview of elements
and attribute values found in the selected diagrams. Attributes without values are not listed in the report.

 Note

You can include up to 50,000 diagrams. Depending on the number of diagrams, report generation can take
up to an hour, and you need to keep the browser tab that started the generation open.

The following diagram types can be used in the process characteristics with element details report:

• BPMN 2.0
• DMN 1.1
• ArchiMate
• EPC
• Value chain
• Organization chart

This section explains how to generate a process characteristics with element details report.

SAP Signavio Process Manager User Guide

302 PUBLIC Reports
 1. Open the explorer and choose Reporting Process characteristics with element details .
2. Select one or multiple diagrams to include in the report.
3. You can select the following options:
• Use merged cells in output spreadsheet
• Export file as XLS (Excel 97)
4. Choose Export options to configure which elements and attributes you want to include in the report. The
following options are available:
• Include IDs
• Included elements
• Included attributes
5. Choose Start analysis.

The process characteristics with element details report generates. The file is saved to your browser's download
folder.

16.10 Process Model Metrics Report

See how to generate the process model metrics report in SAP Signavio Process Manager.

With the process model metrics report, you can generate a statistics report for your diagrams.

 Note

You can include up to 50,000 diagrams. Depending on the number of diagrams, report generation can take
up to an hour, and you need to keep the browser tab that started the generation open.

The following statistics are included in the report:

• Type
• Number of Elements
• Number of Edges
• Number of Forks
• Operators
• Number of Subprocesses
• Number of linked Files
• Number of Dictionary Links
• Number of Process Steps without Responsibility Definition
• Number of Responsibility Handovers
• Path
• ID
• Revision
• Last saved by
• Date of last publication
• Open in Explorer link. The column contains a link that opens the selected diagram in the Explorer.

SAP Signavio Process Manager User Guide

Reports PUBLIC 303
• Open in SAP Signavio Process Collaboration Hub Preview. The column contains a link that opens the
selected diagram in the SAP Signavio Process Collaboration Hub Preview.

This section explains how to generate a process model metric for a BPMN 2.0 process diagram. These steps
also work for Event-driven process chain (EPC) diagrams.

1. Open the explorer and choose Reporting Process model metrics .

The Process model metrics dialog opens up.
2. Select one or multiple diagrams to include in the report.
3. You can select the following options:
• Use merged cells in output spreadsheet
• Export file as XLS (Excel 97)
4. Choose Start analysis.

The process model metrics report generates. The file is saved to your browser's download folder.

16.11 Creating Quantitative Process Analysis Reports

See how to generate the quantitave reports in SAP Signavio Process Manager.

SAP Signavio Process Manager enables you to run quantitative analyses of your processes. After setting KPI on
diagram elements, you can generate the process cost analysis and resource consumption analysis reports for
BPMN 2.0 process diagrams and event-driven process chains (EPC). Read Setting key performance indicators
(KPIs) [page 118] for more information.

SAP Signavio Process Manager User Guide

304 PUBLIC Reports
The process cost analysis report assigns process costs to processes and tasks and lists them in cost centers.
Based on the key process indicators set, the report creates a table that shows costs for certain tasks and
named cost centers. Read Process cost analysis report [page 305] for more information.

The resource consumption analysis report allows for the computing of time consumption per task or process.
Read Resource consumption analysis report [page 306] for more information.

Both reports consider the execution probability and frequency before computing the actual resource
consumption or costs.

16.12 Process Cost Analysis Report

See how to generate the process cost analysis report in SAP Signavio Process Manager.

 Note

Access to this feature depends on your license. For more information, contact your workspace
administrator.

Process cost analysis reports displays the computed costs that occur in a process. The report displays the
costs, tasks, and cost centers in a table.

 Note

You can include up to 50,000 diagrams. Depending on the number of diagrams, report generation can take
up to an hour, and you need to keep the browser tab that started the generation open.

This section explains how to generate the Process cost analysis report.

1. Open the explorer and choose Reporting Process cost analysis .

The Process cost analysis dialog opens.
2. Select one or multiple diagrams to include in the report.
3. You can select the following options:
• Use merged cells in output spreadsheet
• Export file as XLS (Excel 97)
4. Choose Next.
The Quantitative analysis dialog opens.
5. Select the report mode. The following report modes are available:
• Process cost analysis: Calculates the process costs (€ per cost center) based on the execution
frequency and costs per activity. You can also select the Use resource consumption attributes for the
calculation (if provided) option.
• Resource consumption analysis: Calculates the resource consumption (hours per resource) based on
the execution frequency and execution time per activity. Read the Resource consumption analysis
report [page 306] for more information.
For the purpose of these steps the Process cost analysis mode is selected.
6. Select the Include subprocesses in calculation option if required.
7. Choose Next.

SAP Signavio Process Manager User Guide

Reports PUBLIC 305
8. Specify the resource costs. This dialog only appears if you selected the Use resource consumption
attributes for the calculation (if provided) option.
9. Choose Start Calculation.
If there are structural or logical mistakes in the diagrams, the system informs you. If errors occur, the
program asks you to go back to check the diagram in the editor. Choose Open diagramto open the
diagrams in the editor to correct any logical mistakes, structural mistakes, and errors.
10. If there are no errors, the Resource consumption analysis report generates. Choose Please click here to
open the Excel file to download the report. The file is saved to your browser's download folder.
This Excel file contains the analysis. The values are based on functions, so changing one value may change
the values in other fields accordingly.
If multiple diagrams were included in the report, each diagram will have its own tab in the Excel file.

16.13 Resource Consumption Analysis Report

See how to generate the resource consumption analysis report in SAP Signavio Process Manager.

 Note

Access to this feature depends on your license. For more information, contact your workspace
administrator.

A resource consumption analysis report calculates the time consumed for a process or a task. It can help you
find complex and time consuming tasks and plot out the resource consumption of process participants.

 Note

You can include up to 50,000 diagrams. Depending on the number of diagrams, report generation can take
up to an hour, and you need to keep the browser tab that started the generation open.

This section explains how to generate the resource consumption analysis report.

1. Open the explorer and choose Reporting Resource consumption analysis .

The Resource consumption analysis dialog opens.
2. Select one or multiple diagrams to include in the report.
3. You can select the following options:
• Use merged cells in output spreadsheet
• Export file as XLS (Excel 97)
4. Choose Next.
The Quantitative analysis dialog opens.
5. Select the report mode. The following report modes are available:
• Process cost analysis: Calculates the process costs (€ per cost center) based on the execution
frequency and costs per activity. You can also select the Use resource consumption attributes for the
calculation (if provided) option. Read the Process cost analysis report [page 305] for more information.
• Resource consumption analysis: Calculates the resource consumption (hours per resource) based on
the execution frequency and execution time per activity.
For the purpose of these steps the Resource consumption analysis mode is selected.

SAP Signavio Process Manager User Guide

306 PUBLIC Reports
 6. Select the Include subprocesses in calculation option if required.
7. Choose Next.
8. Add further information for the resource calculation. The following options are available:
• Personal allowance time (% of total work time)
• Technical allowance (% of total work time)
• Nominal value of work days / year
• Nominal value of work hours / day
9. Select the Save for future calculation options if you want to use the personal and nominal values in a future
calculation.
10. Choose Start Calculation.
If there are structural or logical mistakes in the diagrams, the system informs you. If errors occur, the
program asks you to go back to check the diagram in the editor. Choose Open diagramto open the
diagrams in the editor to correct any logical mistakes, structural mistakes, and errors.
11. If there are no errors, the Resource consumption analysis report generates. Choose Please click here to
open the Excel file to download the report. The file is saved to your browser's download folder.
This Excel file contains the analysis. The values are based on functions, so changing one value may change
the values in other fields accordingly.
If multiple diagrams were included in the report, one new tab will be created for each diagram in the Excel
file. An additional Sum tab is created as a front page that shows the data for the processes.

16.14 User/Group Assignment Report

See how to generate the user/group assignment report in SAP Signavio Process Manager.

 Note

To generate a user/group assignment report, you need to have workspace administration privileges.

The user/group assignment report generates a list of users and their group memberships in your workspace.
The users and groups displayed in the report are pulled from the users and groups defined in the User
Management section of SAP Signavio Process Manager Read Manage users and groups for more information.

For each user, the report lists all user groups the user is a member of as a direct member. If a user is a member
of group and that group is a member of a group listed in the report they are listed as an indirect member.

• Open the explorer and choose Reporting User/Group assignment .

The user/group assignment report generates. The file is saved to your browser's download folder.

16.15 Viewing Governance Reports

 Note

Access to this feature depends on your license. For more information, contact your workspace
administrator.

SAP Signavio Process Manager User Guide

Reports PUBLIC 307
  Note

You need an administrator account to use this function.

The governance report provides an overview of the user activity in your workspace. You can view aggregate
metrics (for example, the number of unpublished diagrams). You can use these metrics to draw conclusions
regarding the success of your process modeling initiative.

1. Open the explorer and choose Reporting Governance report .

The Governance report dialog opens.
2. Each tile displays a different usage metric.

3. Select the required tile to access detailed information.

A new browser tab opens and displays the results list of an advanced search filter corresponding to the
selected usage metric.

SAP Signavio Process Manager User Guide

308 PUBLIC Reports
The Governance Report's Usage Metrics

 Caution

The aggregates in the governance reports also consider diagrams you don't have permission to access.
Your current access rights are taken into account for the linked search.

In the overview, the following usage metrics are available:

Data Description

Diagrams The total number of diagrams in your workspace displays in

brackets.

The number of diagrams grouped by publishing state and

type (for example, value chain, and organization chart) is
shown in each corresponding tile.

Comments The total number of existing comments displays in brackets.

The number of comments grouped by commenting state is

shown in each corresponding tile.

Dictionary items The total number of existing dictionary items displays in

brackets.

The number of dictionary items grouped by publishing state

and dictionary category type (for example, events, and re-
quirements) displays in each corresponding tile.

Files The total number of existing files displays in brackets.

The number of file grouped by publishing state and the type

(for example, PDF , and JPG) displays in each corresponding
tile.

SAP Signavio Process Manager User Guide

Reports PUBLIC 309
Data Description

SAP Signavio Process Collaboration Hub The number of Page visits represent a single user opening
any published object (diagram, file, or Dictionary item) in
SAP Signavio Process Collaboration Hub. Every time some-
one opens one of these items in SAP Signavio Process
Collaboration Hub, it's counted as a view and displays in the
report.

Time ranges are based on calendar month and year, start-

ing from the first day of the previous month at 00:00:00
and counting up until the last day of the current month at
23:59:59. Times are based on local server time. On an EU
server, it's in CEST, on an US server it's in EST and on an
Australian server it's in AEST.

Unique users refers to the total amount of visitors to SAP

Signavio Process Collaboration Hub in the given time span.
It only displays once more than 10 users have accessed SAP
Signavio Process Collaboration Hub, due to data protection.
If a single user visits SAP Signavio Process Collaboration
Hub several times in the given time span, only their first visit
is reflected in the unique users count.

16.16 Workspace and Process Model Usage Reports

Learn how to view and export reports analyzing your workspace and process model usage with Process Model
Dashboards.

 Note

To access Process Model Dashboards, you need to have workspace administration privileges.

Process Model Dashboards are pre-defined dashboards accessible within SAP Signavio Process Collaboration
Hub. These dashboards use the data from SAP Signavio Process Manager to provide you with detailed analysis
of your workspace and process model usage.

You can add filters to your data, and export your reports as CSV files.

Learn more in section Process Model Dashboards in the SAP Signavio Process Collaboration Hub user guide.

SAP Signavio Process Manager User Guide

310 PUBLIC Reports
17 SAP Signavio Value Accelerators

SAP Signavio value accelerators specific for a theme (such as product or industry) may include one or a
combination of the following:

• Best-practice process models

• Business capability and solution maps
• Benchmarks, metrics, and dashboards
• SAP best-practice and product-innovation recommendations
• Thought leadership papers, how-to manuals, and videos
• Connectors, integrations, data transformation templates. and other technical enablers

Use of SAP Signavio value accelerators is optional and not part of the business functionality of the products of
the SAP Signavio Process Transformation Suite. Value accelerators are subject to change and may be changed,
discontinued, or replaced by SAP at any time for any reason without notice.

To access the value accelerators, visit the SAP Signavio Process Explorer landing page and choose Access it
now. You need to be an SAP-registered user, for example a P- or an S-user.

Related Information

Import an SAP Signavio Archive (SGX) File [page 312]

SAP Signavio Process Manager User Guide

SAP Signavio Value Accelerators PUBLIC 311
18 Importing

This section discusses how to share diagrams and dictionary entries using import features:

• Import a SAP Signavio archive (SGX) file [page 312]

• Import a BPMN 2.0 XML diagram [page 313]
• Import the APQC Process Classification Framework [page 314]
• Import a ARIS Markup Language (AML) diagram [page 317]
• Import a Microsoft Visio diagram [page 318]
• Upload documents and pictures [page 318]
• Import dictionary entries [page 321]
• Import a set of dictionary items as a JAR file [page 323]

For export features, read the Exporting [page 326] section.

18.1 Import an SAP Signavio Archive (SGX) File

 Note

Access to this feature depends on your license. For more information, contact your workspace
administrator.

With this feature you can import diagrams that were exported as SAP Signavio archive (SGX) to your
workspace.

The following applies:

• You can add dictionary entries to the dictionary or merge with existing entries. You can also import custom
attributes and modeling language configurations.
• You can only run one import at a time in a workspace. When trying to run an import, all users in a
workspace with the necessary rights can see if an import is in progress.
• There is a 500 MB import file size limit.
• On the History tab of the import dialog, you can view the details of the last 50 imports, for example the
import time, the import status, and which items imported successfully.

Importing a SAP Signavio Archive (SGX) File

Follow these steps:

1. Open the explorer and choose Import / Export Import SAP Signavio archive (SGX) .

SAP Signavio Process Manager User Guide

312 PUBLIC Importing
 The Import Signavio archives (SGX) dialog opens.
2. On the Import tab, choose Choose File and select the archive you want to import.
3. You can customize the import with the following options:

Options Notes

Import contained Files/Pictures If you disable this option, no linked documents and files
are imported.

Import dictionary entries

Overwrite existing dictionary entries with the same title

Import custom attributes and modeling language configu- This option is only available for administrators.
rations

Import custom graphics • This option is only available for administrators.

• If you disable this option, default graphics are used in
the diagrams.

4. Confirm with Import.

The diagrams and folders imports into your workspace.

 Note

Import an SAP Signavio archive (SGX) file containing all the process models of a package that is
published on SAP Signavio Process Explorer, read more in SAP Note 3329491 .

Related Information

Export a Diagram as a SAP Signavio Archive (SGX) [page 330]

18.2 Import a BPMN 2.0 XML Diagram

 Note

Access to this feature depends on your workspace settings. For more information, contact your workspace
administrator.

The BPMN 2.0 standard includes an XML notation and enables the platform with independent exchange
of BPMN 2.0 diagrams. To get more information about the BPMN 2.0 specifications, go to https://
www.bpmn.org .

In SAP Signavio Process Manager you can update your BPMN 2.0 model by importing a new XML file. The
import updates each process and subprocess in your model, and creates a new diagram if a subprocess
doesn’t exist.

SAP Signavio Process Manager User Guide

Importing PUBLIC 313
To import a BPMN 2.0 XML diagram, follow these steps:

1. Open the explorer and choose Import / Export Import BPMN 2.0 XML .
The Import BPMN 2.0 diagrams from .bpmn files dialog opens.
2. Choose Choose File.
3. Select a XML file that complies with the BPMN 2.0 XML standard.
The diagram imports.

Import Errors and Warnings

If the imported file is not standard-compliant, the system displays errors and warnings. Some elements won't
import due to errors in the BPMN 2.0 XML file.

• Errors prevent the diagram from importing.

• Warnings display which diagram elements won't be available after the import. Diagrams with warnings still
import.

Each element requires bpmndi information such as process flow and graphical information.

Elements with no bpmndi information still import but display warnings. For example, if an element doesn’t
contain graphical information during import, the import completes but elements without the graphical
information are excluded from the import.

Opening a diagram with warnings after import can contain missing elements.

Sometimes the import of BPMN 2.0 XML files is impossible due to errors unknown to the system. For example,
the imported file isn't a valid BPMN 2.0 XML. For further assistance, please contact our SAP Signavio service
experts from the SAP for Me portal .

Related Information

Export a Diagram as a SAP Signavio Archive (SGX) [page 330]

18.3 Import the APQC Process Classification Framework

With this feature, you can import APQC frameworks into your workspace.

SAP Signavio Process Manager User Guide

314 PUBLIC Importing
The Representation of the APQC Framework in SAP Signavio Process
Manager

The hierarchy structure of the APQC framework is represented by a folder tree in SAP Signavio Process
Manager.

Once the import is done, every element in the sheet "Combined" is represented in the workspace in different
forms (depending on the hierarchy level of the element):

• level 1 (X.0): a folder and inside of it a value chain with the same name including / linking to all direct child
elements
• level 2 (X.X): a folder and inside of it a value chain including / linking to all direct child elements
• level 3 (X.X.X): depending on whether the hierarchy for this part goes down to level 4 (only one more level
of direct children) or level 5 (two more levels)
• stops at level 4: a BPMN diagram including all direct child elements as activities
• stops at level 5: a folder and inside of it a value chain including / linking to all direct child elements
• level 4 (X.X.X.X): depending on whether the hierarchy for this part goes down to level 4 (no more children)
or level 5 (one more level of child elements)
• stops at level 4: activity elements in a BPMN model (see above)
• stops at level 5: a BPMN diagram including all direct child elements as activities
• level 5 (X.X.X.X.X; optional): activity elements in a BPMN model (see above)
• A single, top-level value chain is created linking to all imported level 1 value chains.

The diagram's Description attribute contains the corresponding APQC glossary term.

If you already have a workspace, please contact our SAP Signavio service experts from the SAP for Me
portal to activate the APQC importer.

Import Requirements

To import a framework as an Microsoft Excel spreadsheet, the spreadsheet must have a specific structure.
Official APQC files always already have this structure, but custom documents might need adjustments.

The following requirements apply:

• The file needs to include a sheet called Combined which contains the list of folders and diagrams to be
created
• The first three columns of this sheet need to represent the following information in this exact order:
• PCF ID, Hierarchy ID, and Name
• These first three columns need to have non-empty values in all rows to be imported

SAP Signavio Process Manager User Guide

Importing PUBLIC 315
Import an APQC Spreadsheet

To import the APQC framework into your workspace, follow these steps:

1. Download the framework as a Microsoft Excel spreadsheet from the APQC web site . Modify the
spreadsheet as required.
2. Open the explorer and choose Import/Export Import APQC Excel .
The Import APQC diagram structure from .xls file dialog opens.
3. Choose Choose File and select an APQC framework Excel spreadsheet.
4. Choose Import.

 Note

The framework imports into the folder that is selected in the explorer.

The import can take several minutes.

Now, you are able to use the APQC framework as the beginning of your business process management
initiative in SAP Signavio Process Manager.

SAP Signavio Process Manager User Guide

316 PUBLIC Importing
18.4 Importing an ARIS Diagram

Learn how to import diagrams from ARIS Markup Language (AML) into your workspace.

Context

 Note

Access to this feature depends on your workspace settings. For more information, contact your workspace
administrator.

The ARIS modeling interface uses AML to create the XML export format compatible with SAP Signavio Process
Manager. Using AML XML files, you can import the following diagrams types into your workspace:

• Event-driven Process Chain (EPC)

• Organization chart
• Value chain

Procedure

1. Open the explorer and choose Import /Export Import ARIS markup language .

The Import diagrams from AML file dialog opens.

2. Select Choose File and select the AML XML file you want to import.

SAP Signavio Process Manager User Guide

Importing PUBLIC 317
  Note

The following restrictions apply for a successful import:

• A single import file does not exceed 30 MB. (Compressed ZIP archives are supported.)
• A single import file contains no more than 100.000 XML entity expansions.
• BPMN models are not supported.

3. Confirm with Import.

18.5 Import a Microsoft Visio Diagram

 Note

This feature is only available on request.

For more information, please contact our SAP Signavioservice experts from the SAP for Me portal .

This feature is only available for our SaaS product.

You can import Visio diagrams into SAP Signavio Process Manager. The importer supports both BPMN 2.0 and
EPC diagrams.

To import Visio diagrams, follow these steps:

1. Open the explorer and choose Import / Export Import Visio .

2. Choose Choose Files and select the Visio files for import.
3. Select the notation the files use, BPMN 2.0 or EPK diagrams.

 Note

The importer supports VDX, VSD, VSDX files, and ZIP archives that contain such file types. Elements
that are not part of the BPMN 2.0 standard and not EPC-compliant are excluded.

4. Choose Import.

The Visio diagrams imports into your workspace.

18.6 Upload Documents and Pictures

In SAP Signavio Process Manager you can upload documents and pictures into your SAP Signavio file storage.

These files can be linked to diagrams and, when published in SAP Signavio Process Collaboration Hub, are
available to team members who have read access.

SAP Signavio Process Manager User Guide

318 PUBLIC Importing
Limitations

Embedding images that are not accessible to all users can display as broken image links when viewed without
the necessary permissions or log-ins.

We recommend to embed images only as follows:

• As unlisted images (with hidden names and implicit authentication tokens, HTTPS only)
Example URL: https://external.domain.com/files/hidden-file-name-nobody-guesses?
possibleToken=123nekot321

• As publicly hosted images (without access or authentication restrictions, HTTPS only)

Example URL: https://external.domain.com/files/my_image.png

 Note

When you host images externally, be aware that these image can possibly be accessed by third parties.

Considerations

If the SAP Signavio file storage is enabled for your workspace, its size and the maximum upload file size
are displayed in the workspace configuration dialog accessible via the top drop-down menu of the Explorer in
the header Setup. To configure those limits according to your requirements, please contact our SAP Signavio
service experts from the SAP for Me portal .

If the file quota is exhausted or the size limit for a single file is exceeded, a warning displays.

In those cases, you can try to upload a smaller version of the file or delete unused pictures or documents from
your file storage. To increase your storage space, please contact your workspace administrator.

Upload a Document or Picture to the SAP Signavio File Storage

To upload a document or picture file, follow these steps:

1. In the explorer, choose Import / Export Upload document/picture .

The Choose or upload a file/picture dialog opens.
2. Choose Choose File to search for the file you want to upload.

 Note

• Take note that there must be enough free space left in your file storage to upload the whole file.
The total space for file storage is 10 GB.
• Make sure not to exceed the maximum single file size.
The maximum single file size is 32 MB.
• These file size limits cannot be adjusted.

3. Choose the Save to and select Choose a different folder.

Select a folder in your workspace. After selecting the new target folder, click OK.

SAP Signavio Process Manager User Guide

Importing PUBLIC 319
4. Confirm with Save.

The document or picture is uploaded into your workspace.

Editing a File Name

To edit the name and description of a file after upload, follow these steps:

1. Choose Edit Change name/description .

The Change name/description dialog opens.
2. Add a new file name and description. Choose Change name/description.

Updating a Document or Picture

You can update a file in the SAP Signavio file storage by uploading a newer version of the file. Each link to this
file opens the updated version as well.

To update a picture or document, follow these steps:

1. Select a picture or document.

2. Choose Import / Export Update picture or Update document.
The Update picture or Update document dialog opens.
3. Choose Choose file, to select the document or picture, then click the Please choose a folder. drop-down
arrow.
4. Select a recent folder or click Choose a different folder.
5. Select a folder in your workspace. After selecting the new target folder, choose OK.
6. Confirm with Save.

The file is updated.

Downloading Documents and Pictures

To download a document or picture, follow these steps:

1. Select the document or picture in the explorer.

2. Choose Import / Export Download document or Download picture.
3. The document or picture is downloaded and saved in the browsers download folder.

SAP Signavio Process Manager User Guide

320 PUBLIC Importing
Supported File Types

You can upload the following file types:

• doc
• docx
• ppt
• pptx
• xls
• xlsx
• odt
• ogg
• zip
• rar
• pdf
• audio/mpeg
• audio/ogg
• image/gif
• image/apng
• image/flif
• image/webp
• image/x-mng
• image/jpeg
• image/png
• multipart/form-data
• text/css
• text/csv
• text/php
• text/plain
• text/xml

18.7 Import Dictionary Entries

You can import dictionary entries from Microsoft Excel files (XLS or XLSX) to add multiple entries at once or to
update existing entries. The import can't be used to delete existing entries from the dictionary.

In a workspace, it's not possible to perform multiple imports simultaneously. If you start an import while
another user is running one, the import tool shows a message and you have to wait until the other import is
finished.

SAP Signavio Process Manager User Guide

Importing PUBLIC 321
  Note

The import is limited to 500 records per Excel spreadsheet. Importing a file with more than 500 records,
causes the import to fail. If you need to import more than 500 entries, you can distribute the data over
multiple sheets in one file or split up the data to create multiple files.

Below is an example of an Excel file that contains dictionary entries:

For the Excel file structure, the following applies:

Spreadsheet A spreadsheet can contain entries for only one category of

the dictionary, no matter if main or subcategory. This means
that for each dictionary category, you must import the en-
tries individually.

If a file has multiple spreadsheets, all of them need at least a

header column.

Column header The column header contains the dictionary attributes. You
can choose any name for the headers, as for the import
you map the columns to the dictionary attributes in SAP
Signavio Process Manager.

If your dictionary entries are multilingual, we recommend

adding language codes to all column headers as language
codes make the mapping easier for you.

The import tool interprets the first row with text as the
header.

You must start your dictionary file with the first column and
fill in at least three columns. If you fill fewer columns with a
header or have empty columns in between, the import fails.

Rows Rows contain the actual dictionary entries and the informa-
tion you want to add, for example descriptions or statuses.

You can either create such a file or you export available dictionary entries and use the export file as a template.
Read more about exporting dictionary entries in the section Export dictionary entries [page 326].

SAP Signavio Process Manager User Guide

322 PUBLIC Importing
To import dictionary entries, follow these steps:

1. In the explorer, choose Dictionary.

2. Choose Import / Export Import Excel .
The Import Excel dialog opens.
3. Choose Choose File.
4. Select the file you want to import from the file selection dialog and choose Open.
5. Choose Import.
The import mapping dialog opens.
6. In the first section, select an import mode:
• Update existing entries only, ignore other rows
• Create new entries for all rows
• Update existing entries and create new ones
7. In the second section, select the spreadsheet you want to import and the dictionary category.
8. In the third section, which is active when updating entries, map the Excel column and the dictionary entry
attribute, which are used to identify existing entries.
9. In the fourth section, map the file headers with the dictionary attributes.
10. Choose Import.
When all entries are imported, you're prompted with a summary including a download link to the imported
Excel file, which additionally contains the import details. Open this file to verify the changes made by the
import. Once you've closed this prompt, the import of dictionary entries completes.

 Note

More troubleshooting information in SAP note 3240904

Related Information

Export Dictionary Entries [page 326]

18.8 Import a Set of Dictionary Items as a JAR File

 Note

This feature is available on request. Contact SAP Signavio Customer Support for more details.

With the JAR import feature you can import Java classes as dictionary items and use them as data models in
the SAP Signavio Decision Manager.

The attributes and relationships of the classes are created as decision input/output data types.

SAP Signavio Process Manager User Guide

Importing PUBLIC 323
Preparation and Requirements

Before importing a JAR file, make sure the target dictionary category supports data modeling.

The classes in your JAR file need to fulfill the following requirements:

• Classes need the @XmlType annotation.

• Attributes need to be of one of the following data types:
• String
• Boolean (and boolean )
• Number (all subclasses) and int , double , byte , long , float
• Nested classes (from the same JAR)
• Collections of the above mentioned data types (no generic collections, for example Set<? extends
Number>)

 Example

Java class examples

The following example displays a Java class that is valid for the import:

package sandbox.jarClasses;
import java.util.Set;
import
javax.xml.bind.annotation.XmlType;
@XmlType
public class Relationship {
private Fruit Apple;
private Fruit Orange;
private Set<Fruit> banana;
private boolean broken;
public Fruit getApple() {
return apple;
}
public void setApple(Fruit
Apple) {
this.apple = apple;
}
public Fruit getOrange() {
return orange;
}
public void setOrange(Fruit
Orange) {
this.orange = orange;
}
public Set<Fruit> getBanana()
{
return banana;
}
public void
setBanana(Set<Fruit> banana) {
this.banana = banana;
}
public boolean isBroken() {
return broken;
}
public void setBroken(boolean
broken) {
this.broken = broken;
}

SAP Signavio Process Manager User Guide

324 PUBLIC Importing
 }

This example can't be imported because the class lacks the @XmlType annotation:

package sandbox.jarClasses;
public class NotValid
extends Relationship {
private int
justANumber;
public int
getJustANumber() {
return justANumber;
}
public void
setJustANumber(int justANumber) {
this.justANumber =
justANumber;
}
}

Importing a JAR File

Follow these steps:

1. Open the dictionary and choose Import / Export Import JAR .

The Import JAR dialog opens.
2. Choose Choose File and select a JAR file.
3. Choose Import.

The JAR's Java classes are available as dictionary items. Refresh your browser to see the imported items.

SAP Signavio Process Manager User Guide

Importing PUBLIC 325
19 Exporting

List of all export functions, for diagrams (export as PDF, export as image, export as SAP Signavio archive(SGX),
export as XML) and for dictionary entries.

In this section, it is described how to share diagrams and dictionary entries using the export functions:

• Export dictionary entries [page 326]

• Export a diagram as PDF [page 327]
• Export a diagram as an image [page 329]
• Export a diagram as a SAP Signavio archive (SGX) [page 330]
• Export a BPMN diagram as XML [page 331]
• Export a diagram as XML [page 332]
• Export a DMN diagram as XML [page 332]
• Exporting DMN diagrams as drools rules [page 333]
• Exporting diagrams to Red Hat Decision Manager projects on GitHub [page 337]

For the import functions, read more in section Importing [page 312].

19.1 Export Dictionary Entries

How to export all dictionary entries or a specific entry set from the dictionary to an Excel file.

You can export dictionary entries to an Excel file, for example to print them, for offline review, or for further
processing in third-party systems.

If you want to import dictionary entries from an Excel file to your workspace, read more in section Import
dictionary entries [page 321].

Partial Export

To export specific dictionary entries, follow these steps:

1. Before you start the export, select the entries you want to export in the dictionary
You can export the following entry sets:
• All entries in a category.
• All entries in a category that begin with a specific letter.
• All entries that are returned by a search.
2. Choose Import / Export Export Excel .
3. Select an export option. It depends on your previous selection which option is available:
• Export the entire dictionary

SAP Signavio Process Manager User Guide

326 PUBLIC Exporting
 • Export entries with the selected initial in the current category
• Export the current category
This option is selected by default.
• Export the current search result
4. If multiple languages are set up for the workspace, select the language for the export.
For each language, you must run an individual export.
5. Choose Export Excel.
The dictionary entries are exported. The file is saved to your browser's download folder.

Completing Export

 Note

In one Excel export you can export 300.000 dictionary items. If your complete dictionary contains more
than 300.000 entries, we recommend to split the export by exporting entries per dictionary category.

To export the entire dictionary, follow these steps:

1. In the explorer, open the dictionary.

2. Choose Import / Export Export Excel .
3. Select the option Export the entire dictionary.
4. If multiple languages are set up for the workspace, select the language for the export.
For each language, you must run an individual export.
5. Choose Export Excel.
The dictionary entries are exported. The file is saved to your browser's download folder.

19.2 Export a Diagram as PDF

How to export one or more diagrams and folders as PDF to share with colleagues or keep track of the current
status.

With this function, you can export a diagram as a PDF file from the explorer.

You can either select a single diagram for export, or a folder. When selecting a folder, all diagrams contained are
combined into one PDF document.

To export diagrams, follow these steps:

1. In the explorer, select the diagram or the folder you want to export.
You can change your selection via the export options described below.
2. In the toolbar, choose Import / Export Export PDF .
The export configuration dialog opens.
3. Configure the export. Read more in section Export options [page 328].
4. If you want to save your export configuration as default for your workspace, enable Save as defaults at the
bottom of the dialog.

SAP Signavio Process Manager User Guide

Exporting PUBLIC 327
  Note

• You need an administrator account to have this option available.

• The export configuration is only saved when you export a PDF. If you cancel the export, your
settings aren't saved.

5. Choose Export.
The PDF is exported. The file is saved to your browser's download folder.

To export a diagram as PDF from the editor, use the print function in the toolbar. Read more in section Editor
toolbar and keyboard shortcuts [page 38].

Export options

In the General section, the following options are available:

• Language
If multiple languages are set up for the workspace, select the language for the diagram you want to export.
• Print in black and white
Specify whether to print the diagram in color or black and white.
• Show additional information
Enable this option if you want to add printing attributes to the PDF document, for example the author,
creation date, or page number. You can also add diagram attributes.
The preview area shows how many attributes you can add and where they are positioned.
To add diagram attributes, choose Own attribute and select up to 3 diagram attributes for each attribute
position.
• Paper size
Select a paper size for your PDF. The default is set to the international standard size A4.
• Stretch small diagrams to whole page
Specify whether small diagrams are enlarged to fit the full page.

In the Logo section, the following options are available:

• Logo
Add a custom logo. You can upload a new file or choose an image that already exists in your workspace.
The maximum size for a logo file is 5 MB.
• Use original size
Specify whether to use the original size of the image file.

In the Orientation section, the following options are available:

• Landscape or Portrait
For the PDF pages, select landscape orientation or portrait orientation.
• Diagram rotation
Specify whether the diagram rotation is managed automatically or not.
With Automatic, the internal diagram rotation is used.
With Always, the diagram rotation you choose below is used.
With Never, the diagram isn't rotated.
• Diagram orientation

SAP Signavio Process Manager User Guide

328 PUBLIC Exporting
 If you've selected Always for the diagram rotation above, select whether to rotate the diagram clockwise or
counterclockwise.

In the Distribution section, the following options are available:

• Single page or Multiple pages

Specify whether to have the diagram fitted to one page or, if necessary distributed over several pages.
For printing on multiple pages, the diagram size and width will be automatically adjusted to the paper size.

In the Attribute visualization section, the following options are available:

• Rule sets
Select which attributes should be visible.

• Risks and controls

Specify whether to show the configured attributes for risks and controls.
• Show attachment icon
Specify whether to mark attachments by adding a paper clip icon.

In the Selected diagrams section, the following option is available:

• Choose Configure to add diagrams to your export or remove them.

• If different views exist for the diagram, click Select a view to select the view you want to export. By default,
the original view is selected.

19.3 Export a Diagram as an Image

How to export a diagram as an image in PNG or SVG format to share it with colleagues or embed it in
documents.

In the explorer, there are two export functions that transform diagrams into images: The PNG export creates
pixel graphics, the SVG export creates vector graphics.

To export diagrams, follow these steps:

1. In the explorer, select the diagram you want to export.

2. In the toolbar, choose Import / Export Export PNG (pixel graphics) or Export SVG (vector graphics).
The export configuration dialog opens.
3. Configure the export. Read more in section Export options [page 330].
4. Choose Export.
The image is exported. The file is saved to your browser's download folder.

If you want to embed the image of a diagram in web pages, which means the image updates automatically with
each change on the diagram, read more in section Embed a diagram as an image [page 343].

SAP Signavio Process Manager User Guide

Exporting PUBLIC 329
Export options

In the export configuration dialog, the following options are available:

• Language
If multiple languages are set up for the workspace, select the language for the diagram you want to export.
• If different views exist for the diagram, select the view you want to export. By default, the original view is
selected.

19.4 Export a Diagram as a SAP Signavio Archive (SGX)

How to export diagrams and folders to a SAP Signavio archive file, in SGX format, to exchange diagrams
between multiple workspaces.

 Note

Access to this feature depends on your workspace settings. For more information, contact your workspace
administrator.

With this function, you can export one or more diagrams as a SAP Signavio archive from the explorer.

SAP Signavio archives, these are SGX files, allow you to exchange diagrams and folders between workspaces.
SGX is a SAP Signavio-specific file format, which can't be used by third-party systems.

We recommend to use the SGX export only to exchange diagrams between different workspaces. If users
are registered in the same workspace, use the shared documents folder and collaboration functions to work
together on diagrams. Read more in Working with folders and diagrams [page 28] and Collaboration [page
262].

To export diagrams, follow these steps:

1. In the explorer, select the diagram or folder you want to export.

2. In the toolbar, choose Import / Export Export SAP Signavio archive (SGX) .
The export configuration dialog opens.
3. Select more diagrams or folders if you want.
4. Specify whether to export the latest or all revisions of diagrams with Export only the latest revision of each
diagram.
5. Choose Export.
Your selection is exported. The file is saved to your browser's download folder.

SAP Signavio Process Manager User Guide

330 PUBLIC Exporting
19.5 Export a BPMN Diagram as XML

How to export a BPMN 2.0 diagram as an XML file to exchange it between multiple workspaces.

 Note

Access to this feature depends on your workspace settings. For more information, contact your workspace
administrator.

With this function, you can export a BPMN 2.0 diagram as an XML file from the explorer.

The BPMN 2.0 standard includes an XML notation which enables the platform-independent exchange of BPMN
2.0 diagrams. For more information about this XML standard or the BPMN 2.0 specifications, go to https://
www.bpmn.org .

You can export the following diagram types to BPMN 2.0 XML:

• business process diagrams (BPMN 2.0)

• conversation diagrams (BPMN 2.0)
• choreography diagrams (BPMN 2.0)

If you want to export diagrams of other modeling notations, use the XML export as described in section Export
a diagram as XML [page 332].

To export diagrams, follow these steps:

1. In the explorer, select the diagram you want to export.

2. In the toolbar, choose Import / Export Export BPMN 2.0 XML .
The export configuration dialog opens.
3. Configure the export. Read more in section Export options [page 331].
4. Choose Export.
The XML file is exported. The file is saved to your browser's download folder.

Export options

In the export configuration dialog, the following options are available:

• Language
If multiple languages are set up for the workspace, select the language for the diagram you want to export.
• Include linked subprocesses
Specify whether to also export linked subprocesses.
• If different views exist for the diagram, select the view you want to export. By default, the original view is
selected.

SAP Signavio Process Manager User Guide

Exporting PUBLIC 331
19.6 Export a Diagram as XML

How to export a diagram to an XML file to exchange it between multiple workspaces.

 Note

Access to this feature depends on your workspace settings. For more information, contact your workspace
administrator.

With this function, you can export a diagram as an XML file from the explorer, for example for further
processing in third-party systems.

 Note

Use this export for diagrams of any modeling notation, except for BPMN 2.0 diagrams. If you want to export
BPMN 2.0 diagrams, use the BPMN 2.0 XML export as described in section Export a BPMN diagram as
XML [page 331].

The SAP Signavio-specific XML format produced by this export is a special form of RDF, the Resource
Description Framework which is used for conceptual description or modeling of information that is
implemented in web resources. You can use XML transformation tools to generate other XML formats from
the export file.

To export diagrams, follow these steps:

1. In the explorer, select the diagram you want to export.

2. In the toolbar, choose Import / Export Export XML .
The diagram is exported. The file is saved to your browser's download folder.

19.7 Export a DMN Diagram as XML

How to export a DMN 1.2 diagram as an XML file to exchange it between multiple workspaces.

 Note

Access to this feature depends on your workspace settings. For more information, contact your workspace
administrator.

With this function, you can export a DMN 1.2 diagram as an XML file from the explorer.

The DMN 1.2 standard includes an XML notation. This notation enables the platform-independent exchange
of DMN 1.2 diagrams. For more information about this XML standard or the DMN 1.2 specifications, go to
https://www.omg.org/spec/DMN/1.2 .

To export diagrams, follow these steps:

1. In the explorer, select the diagram you want to export.

2. In the toolbar, choose Import / Export Export DMN 1.2 XML .
The export file is created and prepared for download.

SAP Signavio Process Manager User Guide

332 PUBLIC Exporting
 3. To download the export file, select the link Click here to download the XML file.
The file is saved to your browser's download folder.
The file extension of the exported diagram is DMN.
4. Confirm with OK.
The export is complete.

Permitted element names

Names of all elements in the exported file, like decisions, inputs, or input items, can only contain alphanumeric
characters (a-z, 0-9).

Other characters are automatically removed, for example underscores (_) and dashes (-).

If the removal of characters would create a duplicate name, a number is appended to the new name.

Customize the export

If dictionary entries are used as data input objects, you can add export names. This way, you can provide
domain-specific vocabulary when executing the exported XML file.

• To add an export name, specify a technical name for the dictionary entry.

The field Technical name is not available by default in the dictionary. An administrator must enable the use for
data modeling for the respective dictionary category. Read more in section Managing input and output data for
DMN Data Input elements.

The technical name is only used when exporting a DMN diagram as XML. In SAP Signavio Process Manager and
SAP Signavio Process Collaboration Hub, the standard dictionary name is always used.

The rules for permitted element names also apply to the Technical name.

Related Information

Export DMN Diagrams as Drools Rules [page 333]

19.8 Export DMN Diagrams as Drools Rules

How to export DMN diagrams as Drools (DRL files)

 Note

Access to this feature depends on your workspace settings. For more information, contact your workspace
administrator.

SAP Signavio Process Manager User Guide

Exporting PUBLIC 333
SAP Signavio Process Manager enables you to model decision logic with the easy-to-use editor and to
subsequently export DMN diagrams as DRL files to transfer them into the open source business rules
management solution Drools (https://www.drools.org/ ). Thus, you can easily transfer DMN diagrams into
automated business logic.

You can either export multiple diagrams, one diagram, or just one decision table and its sub-decisions. The
Drools export supports four different export types: Production, Development, Test, and Cases. In contrast to
Production, Development adds additional comments and logging behavior.

You can select which diagram revision to export.

Permissions for the Drools export can be limited to users of specific user groups.

To export decision logic to Drools, open the Explorer. Select one or multiple diagrams and go to Import/Export,
then Export Drools.

Now you can adjust your selection and set the following export properties:

• Export revision
You can choose whether to export the latest revision of the diagram that has been saved in the Editor or the
latest revision that was published in SAP Signavio Process Collaboration Hub.
• Export mode
• The option Production mode exports the decision logic to drools. It does not include comprehensive
comments, support for detailed logging, and test cases.
• Development mode provides additional comments and logging behavior.
• Development mode + test cases provides additional test cases in the form of .csv files (one .csv file for
each top level decision). The .csv files contain all combinations of all relevant sub-decisions.

SAP Signavio Process Manager User Guide

334 PUBLIC Exporting
 In the export dialog, you can configure the export options in detail.

Choose Export to trigger the export process.

Alternatively, you can export a decision table and its sub-decisions directly from the Editor.

In the Editor, open a decision table and choose Import/Export in the top-right corner of the dialog. There you
can chose between generating the Drools export or the test cases (as described above):

Click 'Import/Export' in the decision table dialog.

SAP Signavio Process Manager User Guide

Exporting PUBLIC 335
Before starting the export, you can choose whether to include related sub-decisions (if applicable):

Choose if you want to include related sub-decisions.

As soon as the files are generated, you can download them in you browser:

Customize the Export

If dictionary entries are used as data input objects and data definitions, you can add information to export.

For that, an administrator must enable the use for data modeling for the respective dictionary category. Then,
the configuration dialog for dictionary entries has two fields more to specify the information:

• Technical name
• Class name

 Note

If both names are set in one dictionary entry, only the class name is exported.

Both names are only used when exporting a DMN diagram as Drools rules. In SAP Signavio Process Manager
and SAP Signavio Process Collaboration Hub, the standard dictionary name is always used.

Read how to enable the fields in section Managing input and output data for DMN Data Input elements.

Add Export Names to Data Input Objects

For dictionary entries that are used as data input objects, you can add export names. This way, you can provide
domain-specific vocabulary when executing the exported DRL file.

• To add an export name, specify a technical name for the dictionary entry.

SAP Signavio Process Manager User Guide

336 PUBLIC Exporting
Add Java Source References to Data Definitions

For dictionary entries that are used as data definitions, you can reference existing java sources. This way, you
can integrate exported DMN Drools rules into existing execution environments.

• To add a reference, specify a class name for the dictionary entry, for example
com.signavio.dmn.example.DataDefinition. The exported DRL file then contains an import
statement, for example import com.signavio.dmn.example.DataDefinition.

19.9 Exporting Diagrams to Red Hat Decision Manager

Projects on GitHub

 Note

Access to this feature depends on your license. For more information, contact your workspace
administrator.

SAP Signavio allows you to export process and decision models directly to Red Hat Decision Manager projects
at GitHub. Like this, you can seamlessly integrate diagrams that have been modeled with SAP Signavio into
your Red Hat Decision Manager projects.

Process models are exported and uploaded as BPMN 2.0 XML files and all linked decision models are exported
and uploaded as DRL files.

1. To start an export, select a BPMN diagram in the explorer and choose Import/Export Export RedHat
files to GitHub .
2. You need to select exactly one diagram. The export will include all linked DMN and BPMN diagrams.
3. In case you haven't configured the GitHub integration yet, you need to authorize SAP Signavio to push to
your GitHub repositories.
Otherwise, proceed at section Pushing diagrams to Red Hat Decision Manager projects [page 337].
4. Choose Authorize.
5. You are forwarded to GitHub, where you need to grant SAP Signavio permission to push to your
repositories.
6. Re-enter your password to confirm. Upon successful authorization, the following page will be displayed.
Now you can go back to the explorer and export the diagrams to GitHub.

Pushing Diagrams to Red Hat Decision Manager Projects

To start an export, select a BPMN diagram in the explorer and choose Import/Export Export RedHat files to
GitHub .

SAP Signavio Process Manager User Guide

Exporting PUBLIC 337
Now, configure the following parameters:

• The repository you want to push to

• The project path (within the repository)
• The name of the Java package that will be created

Choose Upload to push the files to your repository:

The files are pushed by your user to the default branch (for example main). The commit message is signavio
upload .

An information dialog will inform you about the successful export.

19.10 Translate Content with PO Files

Export user-created content in your workspace, send it to translators and import the translated files.

 Note

Access to this feature depends on your license.

You can translate user-created content into all languages that are activated in your workspace.

You can translate content directly, as described in section Translating diagrams [page 282]. You can also export
the content to be translated outside of SAP Signavio Process Manager.

The following content can be exported for translating:

• regular and custom attributes of the following types:

• single-line text
• multi-line text
• diagram elements
• linked dictionary entries
• diagram names
• folder names

SAP Signavio Process Manager User Guide

338 PUBLIC Exporting
Not included in the export:

• names of multi-language custom attributes (their values are included)

• text formatting (the text itself is exported)
• nested links

The source language for all translations is always the default language of the workspace.

You export the content and send it to translators. To make the translation available in your workspace, you
import the translated files.

Exported Files

The files are exported as a ZIP archive.

The ZIP archive contains the following files:

Type Number Content Created Action

CSV 1 The file summary.csv Always No action necessary

lists all exported items.

POT 1 The file template.pot Always This file can be used as

contains all translat-
a source file for all lan-
able strings in the
guages.
default workspace lan-
guage and their loca- • Use this file
tion in the content.
for languages for
It doesn't contain any
which no PO file is
translations.
created.
• For the import,
save every lan-
guage as a sepa-
rate PO file.

PO 1 per language Is created for a lan- A PO file shows the ex-

The content of a PO
guage if isting translations for
file is language-spe-
the language specified.
cific. • translations are
already available We recommend to al-
Each PO file contains
ways use the POT file
the translatable strings or
as the source file for
and the translations al-
• the export in- translations.
ready available for the
cludes attributes
language.
with default values
There's no PO file for
the default workspace
language, as its strings
are already included in
the POT file.

Ensure that the original file names and the folder structure are maintained during translation.

SAP Signavio Process Manager User Guide

Exporting PUBLIC 339
Export Content for Translation

 Note

• You can export up to 100 diagrams.

• You can't update content in the default language of your workspace by changing PO files.
• The source language for all translations is always the default language of the workspace.

Follow these steps:

1. In the explorer, open Import/Export Export Diagram Translations .

2. Select the diagrams and folders to be translated.
3. To include linked dictionary entries, enable Include directly linked Dictionary items.
4. Choose Export.
The selected content is downloaded as a ZIP archive. The file is saved to your browser's download folder.

Import Translated Content

 Note

• Existing translations are overwritten by a new import.

• You can't update content in the default language of your workspace by changing PO files.
• A maximum of 100 diagrams can be updated in one import. If more that 100 diagrams would be
affected, the import fails. In that case, split the PO files into several smaller files.

Once the PO files are translated, you can import them to SAP Signavio Process Manager.

Follow these steps:

1. In the explorer, open Import/Export Import Diagram Translations .

2. Select Choose file.
3. In the dialog, select one translated PO file per language and choose Import.
The PO files are uploaded. The content is available for all languages that are activated for the workspace.

For each target language, you've can upload one translated PO file at a time. If you've more than one file for a
language, repeat the import. You can't upload PO files for the default language of the workspace.

Related Information

Translating Diagrams [page 282]

SAP Signavio Process Manager User Guide

340 PUBLIC Exporting
20 Publishing Diagrams to External Systems

 Note

Access to this feature depends on your workspace settings. For more information, contact your workspace
administrator.

With SAP Signavio Process Manager, you can publish single diagrams to any intranet or Internet website using
the embedding feature. This chapter describes how to embed a diagram into a blog post or web page.

The embedding functionality of the Explorer

You can embed diagrams in other systems that SAP Signavio Process Manager supports.

20.1 Enabling Diagram Embedding

 Note

You need the access right Publish to embed a diagram. Access rights are set by your workspace
administrator.

SAP Signavio Process Manager User Guide

Publishing Diagrams to External Systems PUBLIC 341
Since you cannot publish a model yourself, you also cannot activate the embedding.

If you want to share diagrams publicly, enable diagram embedding.

To enable diagram embedding, proceed as follows:

1. Select the diagram you want to embed in the Explorer.

2. Select Share > Embed diagram. The Embed diagram dialog opens.
3. If you haven't already, enable embedding by clicking Share diagram for read-only access. The read-access
for this diagram is activated.

You have now the following options to embed the diagram:

• as an interactive element (embedding)

• as a simple image

To embed a diagram in an external system, you have to explicitly allow the embedding. This can be reverted
later on - in this case, all existing integrations of SAP Signavio diagrams will be deactivated.

Diagrams can be published on web pages by embedding them with HTML.

Several use cases for embedding are listed and explained in the following chapters.

SAP Signavio Process Manager User Guide

342 PUBLIC Publishing Diagrams to External Systems
Disabling diagram embedding

Embeddings of diagrams can be disabled at any time by withdrawing read access for these diagrams. This can
also be set in the Embed diagram dialog. Select the link Stop sharing the diagram for read-only access :

Revoking read access disables all embeddings.

Via this link all embeddings become inactive, so that your diagram are no longer viewed on pages which
previously have linked such a link.

20.2 Embed a Diagram as an Image

How to embed a diagram as an image in web pages, whereby the image is automatically updated whenever the
diagram is changed.

You can embed diagrams as images in web pages and this way share the diagrams with users outside your
workspace. Users can see the diagram image, but can't edit or comment on it.

Follow these steps:

1. In the explorer, select the diagram you want to embed.

2. In the toolbar, choose Share Embed diagram .
The Embed diagram dialog opens.
3. If the embedding options are disabled, select the link Share diagram for read-only access to enable them.
4. On the Simple image tab, you'll find a diagram preview and the link containing the image in PNG format.

SAP Signavio Process Manager User Guide

Publishing Diagrams to External Systems PUBLIC 343
5. To embed the image, paste the link into your web page.

The embedded diagram image is automatically updated when a change is made to the diagram.

If you want to use a specific diagram version as an image which never changes, you can export the diagram in
PNG or SVG format and use it in any context. Read more in section Export a diagram as an image [page 329].

20.3 Embedding Diagrams as HTML Code

You can embed a diagram using a HTML code snippet in a website or blog as an interactive element. The
advantage of this method over a picture export is that the most current version of the diagram is always
available on your page.

The following paragraph explains how to embed diagrams as an HTML code snippet into a blog or a web page
like Blogger, TypePad, or WordPress.

To embed a diagram in your website or blog, proceed as follows:

1. Select the diagram you want to embed in the Explorer.

2. Select Share Embed diagram . The Embed diagram dialog opens.
3. Open the Embedding tab and copy the HTML code snippet.

4. Paste the copied snippet in the desired location of the HTML code of your page or blog posts.
5. If the diagram is not shared for read access yet, choose Share document for read-only access .
If you select Stop sharing the diagram for read-only access in the embedding menu, the diagram will not be
available on the web page and on any other pages it was embedded in.
6. See a list of Supported blog and content management systems [page 347] to get an overview of supported
systems.

SAP Signavio Process Manager User Guide

344 PUBLIC Publishing Diagrams to External Systems
  Note

The embedded diagram does not allow navigation to linked diagrams or linked documents. If you need
the viewers to be able to navigate to linked diagrams and documents, please use SAP Signavio Process
Collaboration Hub.

The Diagram Preview

To embed your diagram optimally in your website, you have to option to alter the diagram's size and then to
check size and aspect ration in a preview.

1. Specify the desired Width and Height . By default, it is set to auto , so the size of the interactive element
adapts to the system it is embedded in.
2. Choose Preview to check the changes.

In the preview, HTML code is displayed in addition to the interactive element. A zoom slider and scrollbars are
added automatically.

SAP Signavio Process Manager User Guide

Publishing Diagrams to External Systems PUBLIC 345
 SAP Signavio Process Manager User Guide
346 PUBLIC Publishing Diagrams to External Systems
20.4 Supported Blog and Content Management Systems

You can embed SAP Signavio diagrams in all blog and content management systems that allow the embedding
of HTML snippets.

For example:

• Jira
• Confluence

You can also embed a diagram view of SAP Signavio Process Collaboration Hub in 3rd-party applications.
These applications includes any system that allows embedding of HTML iframes .

SAP Signavio Process Manager User Guide

Publishing Diagrams to External Systems PUBLIC 347
21 Workspace Administration

Workspace administrators have several tasks:

• managing workspace settings and user access

• enabling features
• integrating third party systems

The first user registering for a workspace is by default an administrator.

Administrator Profile

Workspace administrators have extensive rights and can make profound changes to the workspace. We
recommend to grant this role to users with solid IT skills who are familiar with both the SAP Signavio products
and BPMN.

Users need a license for SAP Signavio Process Manager to become administrators.

It is important to communicate and document changes in workspace settings among your administrative team,
so that all administrators are up to date and can give accurate responses to user queries.

Add Administrators

To add or remove administrator permissions, add or remove the user to or from the user group Administrators.
Read more in section Create workspace administrators.

Get Started

To get started as a workspace administrator, see section Prepare your workspace - overview.

You find an overview of the most popular integration scenarios at System integration scenarios.

An overview of the SAP Signavio Process Manager APIs is available in section API access to SAP Signavio
Process Manager.

You can learn how to view reports analyzing your workspace and process model usage in section Process
Model Dashboards.

SAP Signavio Process Manager User Guide

348 PUBLIC Workspace Administration
Next steps

• Prepare your workspace - overview

• Create workspace administrators
• System integration scenarios

Related Information

Prepare the workspace - overview

User Administration, Authentication, and Authorization
System Integration Scenarios

SAP Signavio Process Manager User Guide

Workspace Administration PUBLIC 349
Important Disclaimers and Legal Information

Hyperlinks
Some links are classified by an icon and/or a mouseover text. These links provide additional information.
About the icons:

• Links with the icon : You are entering a Web site that is not hosted by SAP. By using such links, you agree (unless expressly stated otherwise in your
agreements with SAP) to this:

• The content of the linked-to site is not SAP documentation. You may not infer any product claims against SAP based on this information.

• SAP does not agree or disagree with the content on the linked-to site, nor does SAP warrant the availability and correctness. SAP shall not be liable for any
damages caused by the use of such content unless damages have been caused by SAP's gross negligence or willful misconduct.

• Links with the icon : You are leaving the documentation for that particular SAP product or service and are entering an SAP-hosted Web site. By using
such links, you agree that (unless expressly stated otherwise in your agreements with SAP) you may not infer any product claims against SAP based on this
information.

Videos Hosted on External Platforms

Some videos may point to third-party video hosting platforms. SAP cannot guarantee the future availability of videos stored on these platforms. Furthermore, any
advertisements or other content hosted on these platforms (for example, suggested videos or by navigating to other videos hosted on the same site), are not within
the control or responsibility of SAP.

Beta and Other Experimental Features

Experimental features are not part of the officially delivered scope that SAP guarantees for future releases. This means that experimental features may be changed by
SAP at any time for any reason without notice. Experimental features are not for productive use. You may not demonstrate, test, examine, evaluate or otherwise use
the experimental features in a live operating environment or with data that has not been sufficiently backed up.
The purpose of experimental features is to get feedback early on, allowing customers and partners to influence the future product accordingly. By providing your
feedback (e.g. in the SAP Community), you accept that intellectual property rights of the contributions or derivative works shall remain the exclusive property of SAP.

Example Code
Any software coding and/or code snippets are examples. They are not for productive use. The example code is only intended to better explain and visualize the syntax
and phrasing rules. SAP does not warrant the correctness and completeness of the example code. SAP shall not be liable for errors or damages caused by the use of
example code unless damages have been caused by SAP's gross negligence or willful misconduct.

Bias-Free Language
SAP supports a culture of diversity and inclusion. Whenever possible, we use unbiased language in our documentation to refer to people of all cultures, ethnicities,
genders, and abilities.

SAP Signavio Process Manager User Guide

350 PUBLIC Important Disclaimers and Legal Information
SAP Signavio Process Manager User Guide
Important Disclaimers and Legal Information PUBLIC 351
www.sap.com/contactsap

© 2024 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company. All rights reserved.

No part of this publication may be reproduced or transmitted in any form

or for any purpose without the express permission of SAP SE or an SAP
affiliate company. The information contained herein may be changed
without prior notice.

Some software products marketed by SAP SE and its distributors

contain proprietary software components of other software vendors.
National product specifications may vary.

These materials are provided by SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company for

informational purposes only, without representation or warranty of any
kind, and SAP or its affiliated companies shall not be liable for errors or
omissions with respect to the materials. The only warranties for SAP or
SAP affiliate company products and services are those that are set forth
in the express warranty statements accompanying such products and
services, if any. Nothing herein should be construed as constituting an
additional warranty.

SAP and other SAP products and services mentioned herein as well as
their respective logos are trademarks or registered trademarks of SAP
SE (or an SAP affiliate company) in Germany and other countries. All
other product and service names mentioned are the trademarks of their
respective companies.

Please see https://www.sap.com/about/legal/trademark.html for

additional trademark information and notices.

THE BEST RUN